User manual

ManualsBrandsHP (Hewlett-Packard) Manualsindustrial & lab equipmentVideo Gaming Accessories 8590 EM Series

Summary of content (692 pages)

PAGE 1
HP 8590 EM-Series EMC Analyzer Calibration Guide ABCDE HP Part No.
PAGE 2
Notice The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. Hewlett-Packard makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material, including but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and tness for a particular purpose. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.
PAGE 3
Certi cation Hewlett-Packard Company certi es that this product met its published speci cations at the time of shipment from the factory. Hewlett-Packard further certi es that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology, to the extent allowed by the Institute's calibration facility, and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members.
PAGE 4
THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. HEWLETT-PACKARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. Assistance Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Hewlett-Packard products. For any assistance, contact your nearest Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service O ce.
PAGE 5
CAUTION Caution denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure that, if not correctly performed or adhered to, would result in damage to or destruction of the instrument. Do not proceed beyond a caution sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met.
PAGE 6
General Safety Considerations WARNING No operator serviceable parts inside. Refer servicing to quali ed personnel. To prevent electrical shock, do not remove covers. If this instrument is not used as speci ed, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired. This instrument must be used in a normal condition (in which all means for protection are intact) only. For continued protection against re hazard, replace line fuse only with same type and rating ([F 5A/250V]).
PAGE 7
Manual Conventions Front-Panel Key5 This represents a key physically located on the instrument. This indicates a \softkey," a key whose label is determined by Softkey the rmware of the instrument. Screen Text This indicates text displayed on the instrument's screen.
PAGE 8
HP 8590 EM-Series EMC Analyzer Documentation Description The following documents are provided with the HP 8590 EM-Series EMC Analyzer. Veri cation Guide provides information for verifying the instrument's performance, speci cations and characteristics, and customer support. User's Guide describes instrument features and how to make measurements with your EMC analyzer.
PAGE 9
Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Chapter 10 provides the speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8595EM EMC analyzer. provides the speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8596EM EMC analyzer. provides the characteristics for the EMC analyzer with the RF lter section. contains information for providing customer support to you if you have a problem with your EMC analyzer.
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
1 Calibrating This chapter identi es the performance test procedures which test the electrical performance of the analyzer. Allow the analyzer to warm up in accordance with the temperature stability speci cations before performing the tests called out in this chapter. None of the test procedures involve removing the cover of the analyzer. Calibration Calibration veri es that the analyzer performance is within all speci cations. It is time consuming and requires extensive test equipment.
PAGE 12
Calibration Cycle The performance tests in Chapter 2 should be used to check the analyzer against its speci cations once every year. Speci cations are listed in this calibration guide. The 300 MHz frequency of the CAL OUT signal must be checked at the same time and adjusted if necessary. Refer to the \10 MHz Frequency Reference Adjustment" procedure in the assembly-level repair service guide.
PAGE 13
Performance Veri cation Test Tables The tables on the following pages list the performance tests in chapter 2. Select the analyzer option being calibrated and perform the tests marked in the option column. A dot indicates that the test is required for calibration. Note that some of the tests are used for both calibration and operation veri cation (marked with 4 5).
PAGE 14
Table 1-1. HP 8591EM Performance Veri cation Tests Performance Test Name 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy 4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy 6. Noise Sidebands 7. System Related Sidebands 8. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy 10. Residual FM 12. Sweep Time Accuracy 13. Scale Fidelity 14. Reference Level Accuracy 16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties 17.
PAGE 15
Table 1-2. HP 8593EM Performance Veri cation Tests Performance Veri cation Test Name 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy 3. Comb Generator Frequency Accuracy 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy 6. Noise Sidebands 7. System Related Sidebands 9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy 11. Residual FM 12. Sweep Time Accuracy 13. Scale Fidelity 15. Reference Level Accuracy 16.
PAGE 16
Table 1-3. HP 8594EM Performance Veri cation Tests Performance Veri cation Test Name 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy 4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy 6. Noise Sidebands 7. System Related Sidebands 9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy 11. Residual FM 12. Sweep Time Accuracy 13. Scale Fidelity 15. Reference Level Accuracy 16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties 17.
PAGE 17
Table 1-4. HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Tests Performance Veri cation Test Name 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy 6. Noise Sidebands 7. System Related Sidebands 9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy 11. Residual FM 12. Sweep Time Accuracy 13. Scale Fidelity 15. Reference Level Accuracy 16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties 17.
PAGE 18
Table 1-5. HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Tests Performance Veri cation Test Name 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy 3. Comb Generator Frequency Accuracy 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy 6. Noise Sidebands 7. System Related Sidebands 9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy 11. Residual FM 12. Sweep Time Accuracy 13. Scale Fidelity 15. Reference Level Accuracy 16.
PAGE 19
Safety Familiarize yourself with the safety symbols marked on the analyzer, and read the general safety instructions and the symbol de nitions given in the front of this guide before you begin verifying performance of the EMC analyzer. Before You Start There are four things you should do before starting a performance veri cation test: Switch the analyzer on and let it warm up in accordance with the temperature stability speci cation. Read \Making a Measurement" in your analyzer user's guide.
PAGE 20
keep the copy for your calibration test record. This record could prove valuable in tracking gradual changes in test results over long periods of time. Frequency and amplitude self-calibration Perform the frequency and amplitude self-calibration routines at least once per day, or if the analyzer fails a veri cation test. To perform self-calibration, press 4CAL5 then CAL FREQ & AMPTD . The instrument must be up to operating temperature in order for this test to be valid.
PAGE 21
Table 1-6. Recommended Test Equipment Equipment Digital Voltmeter Frequency Counter1 Critical Speci cations for Equipment Substitution Input Resistance: 10 megohms Accuracy: 610 mV on 100 V range Frequency: 10 MHz Resolution: 60.002 Hz External Timebase Recommended Model HP 3456A HP 5334A/B Frequency Standard Frequency: 10 MHz Timebase Accy (Aging): <1 21009 /day HP 5061B Measuring Receiver Compatible with Power Sensors dB Relative Mode Resolution: 0.01 dB Reference Accuracy: 61.
PAGE 22
Table 1-6. Recommended Test Equipment (continued) Equipment Power Sensor1 Critical Speci cations for Equipment Substitution Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz Maximum SWR: 1.10 ( 300 MHz) 1.15 (50 MHz to 100 MHz) 1.10 (100 MHz to 2.0 GHz) 1.15 (2.0 GHz to 12.4 GHz) 1.20 (12.4 GHz to 18.0 GHz) 1.25 (18.0 GHz to 26.
PAGE 23
Calibrating 1-13
PAGE 24
Table 1-7. Recommended Accessories Equipment Attenuator, 3 dB Critical Speci cations for Accessory Substitution Type N (m to f) Attenuation: 3 dB Frequency: dc to 12.
PAGE 25
Table 1-7. Recommended Accessories (continued) Equipment Modulator Teletech SC35B Power Splitter1 Power Splitter2 Termination, 50 Critical Speci cations for Accessory Substitution Frequency 50 MHz ON/OFF RATIO >70 dB Switching Speed 2 ns Insertion Loss: 5 dB Recommended Model 0955-0533 Frequency Range: 50 kHz to 1.8 GHz Insertion Loss: 6 dB (nominal) Output Tracking: <0.25 dB Equivalent Output SWR: <1.
PAGE 26
Table 1-8. Recommended Adapters Equipment Adapter Critical Speci cations for Accessory Substitution APC 3.5 (f) to APC 3.5 (f) (2 required) Adapter1 BNC (f) to dual banana plug 1251-1277 Adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) 1250-1200 Adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) 1250-0216 Adapter BNC tee (m) (f) (f) 1250-0781 Adapter Type N (f) to APC 3.5 (f) 1250-1745 Adapter Type N (f) to APC 3.5 (m) 1250-1750 Adapter Type N (m) to APC 3.5 (m) 1250-1743 Adapter2 Type N (m) to APC 3.
PAGE 27
Table 1-9. Recommended Cables Equipment Cable1 Cable1 Cable2 Critical Speci cations for Cable Substitution Cal Comb Connectors: SMA (m) both ends Connectors: SMA (m) both ends Length: 61 cm (18 in) Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz Maximum SWR: <1.4 at 26.5 GHz Length: 91 cm (36 in) Connectors: APC 3.
PAGE 28
PAGE 29
2 Performance Veri cation Tests These tests verify the electrical performance of the EMC analyzer. Allow the EMC analyzer to warm up in accordance with the temperature stability speci cations before performing the tests. CAUTION All performance veri cation tests (except test 62. CISPR Pulse Response) must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode.
PAGE 30
1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series If your instrument is equipped with a Precision Frequency Reference, perform \10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy," instead. This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The settability is measured by changing the setting of the digital-to-analog converter (DAC) which controls the frequency of the timebase.
PAGE 31
1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-1. 2. Set the frequency counter controls as follows: SAMPLE RATE : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Midrange 50 /1 SWITCH : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 50 10 Hz-500 MHz/500 MHz-26.
PAGE 32
1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series 10 MHz Reference Accuracy Worksheet Description Counter Reading 1 Measurement Hz Timebase DAC Setting Counter Reading 2 Hz Counter Reading 3 Hz 10. Calculate the frequency settability by performing the following steps: a. Calculate the frequency di erence between Counter Reading 2 and Counter Reading 1. b. Calculate the frequency di erence between Counter Reading 3 and Counter Reading 1. c.
PAGE 33
2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Option 004 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Option 004 If the EMC analyzer is not equipped with a Precision Frequency Reference, perform \10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy," instead. This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test measures the warmup characteristics of the 10 MHz reference oscillator.
PAGE 34
2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Option 004 2. Set the EMC analyzer LINE switch on. Record the Power On Time below. Power On Time Figure 2-2.
PAGE 35
2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Option 004 3.
PAGE 36
2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Option 004 11. Calculate the 5 Minute Warmup Error by subtracting Reading 3 from Reading 1 and dividing the result by 10 MHz. 5 Minute Warmup Error = (Reading 1 0 Reading 3) / (10.0 2 106 ) 12. Record the results as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. 13. Calculate the 30 Minute Warmup Error by subtracting Reading 3 from Reading 2 and dividing the result by 10 MHz.
PAGE 37
3. Comb Generator Frequency Accuracy, HP 8593EM and HP 8596EM 3. Comb Generator Frequency Accuracy, HP 8593EM and HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A 100 MHz signal from a synthesized source and the output from a comb generator are applied to the input of the EMC analyzer. The source frequency is adjusted until the two signals appear at the same frequency.
PAGE 38
3. Comb Generator Frequency Accuracy, HP 8593EM and HP 8596EM Procedure 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-3. Option 026 only: Omit the Type N to APC 3.5 mm adapter. 2. Press instrument preset on the synthesized sweeper, then set the controls as follows: CW : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 100.
PAGE 39
3. Comb Generator Frequency Accuracy, HP 8593EM and HP 8596EM 10. Record the synthesized sweeper CW frequency setting as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. The frequency should be between 99.993 MHz and 100.007 MHz.
PAGE 40
4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8591EM and HP 8594EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The frequency readout accuracy of the EMC analyzer is tested with an input signal of known frequency. By using the same frequency standard for the EMC analyzer and the synthesized sweeper, the frequency reference error is eliminated. Equipment Required Synthesized sweeper Adapter, Type N (f) to APC 3.5 (m) Adapter, APC 3.
PAGE 41
4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8591EM and HP 8594EM Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-4. Remember to connect the 10 MHz REF OUT of the synthesized sweeper to the EXT REF IN of the EMC analyzer. 2.
PAGE 42
4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8591EM and HP 8594EM 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 8. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH on the EMC analyzer. 9. Record the MKR frequency reading as TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record. The reading should be within the limits of 1.49999924 GHz and 1.50000076 GHz. \Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy" is now complete. Continue with \Part 2: Marker Count Accuracy.
PAGE 43
4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8591EM and HP 8594EM Part 2: Marker Count Accuracy Perform \Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy" before performing this procedure. 1. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer to measure the marker count accuracy by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 1.
PAGE 44
4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8591EM and HP 8594EM 10. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4Hz5 4SPAN5 2 4kHz5 11. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON), then wait until the count is completed (it may take several seconds). 12. Record the MKR reading as TR Entry 8 of the Performance veri cation Test Record. The reading should be within the limits of 1.49999989 and 1.50000011.
PAGE 45
5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The frequency readout accuracy of the EMC analyzer is tested with an input signal of known frequency. By using the same frequency standard for the EMC analyzer and the synthesized sweeper, the frequency reference error is eliminated.
PAGE 46
5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of two parts: Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy Part 2: Marker Count Accuracy Perform \Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy" before performing \Part 2: Marker Count Accuracy." Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-5. Remember to connect the 10 MHz REF OUT of the synthesized sweeper to the EXT REF IN of the EMC analyzer.
PAGE 47
5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Table 2-2. Frequency Readout Accuracy Synthesized Sweeper EMC Analyzer EMC Analyzer Minimum TR Entry Maximum CW Frequency Span Center Frequency Frequency Frequency Frequency (MHz) (MHz) (GHz) (GHz) (GHz) (GHz) 1500 20 1.5 1.49918 1 1.50082 1500 10 1.5 1.49958 2 1.50042 1500 1 1.5 1.499968 3 1.500032 4000 20 4.0 3.99918 4 4.00082 4000 10 4.0 3.99958 5 4.00042 4000 1 4.0 3.999968 6 4.
PAGE 48
5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 12. Record the MKR frequency reading as TR Entry 16 of the performance veri cation test record. The reading should be within the limits of 1.49999924 GHz and 1.50000076 GHz. \Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy" is now complete. Continue with \Part 2: Marker Count Accuracy." Part 2: Marker Count Accuracy Perform \Part 1: Frequency Readout Accuracy" before performing this procedure. 1.
PAGE 49
5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Table 2-3. Marker Count Accuracy Synthesized EMC Analyzer EMC Analyzer EMC Analyzer Sweeper Center Span Counter CW Frequency Frequency Resolution CNT MKR Frequency (MHz) (GHz) (MHz) (Hz) Min. (GHz) TR Entry Max. (GHz) 1500 1.5 20 100 1.4999989 17 1.5000011 1500 1.5 1 10 1.49999989 18 1.50000011 4000 4.0 20 100 3.9999989 19 4.0000011 4000 4.0 1 10 3.99999989 20 4.
PAGE 50
5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 10. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 1.5 GHz. 11. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 1.5 4GHz5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4Hz5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 12. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH on the EMC analyzer. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 13. Record the MKR frequency reading as TR Entry 27 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 51
6. Noise Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series 6. Noise Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A 500 MHz CW signal is applied to the input of the EMC analyzer. The marker functions are used to measure the amplitude of the carrier and the noise level 10 kHz, 20 kHz, and 30 kHz above and below the carrier. The di erence between these two measurements is compared to speci cation after the result is normalized to 1 Hz.
PAGE 52
6. Noise Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series A worksheet is provided at the end of this procedure for calculating the noise sideband suppression.
PAGE 53
6. Noise Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series Part 1: Noise Sideband Suppression at 10 kHz 1.
PAGE 54
6. Noise Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series 4. Press the following EMC analyzer keys to measure the noise sideband level at 010 kHz: 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER 1 010 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR5 MARKER NORMAL Record the MKR amplitude reading in the Noise Sideband Worksheet as the Noise Sideband Level at 010 kHz. 5.
PAGE 55
6. Noise Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR5 MARKER NORMAL Record the MKR amplitude reading in the Noise Sideband Worksheet as the Noise Sideband Level at 020 kHz. 3. Record the more positive value, either Noise Sideband Level at +20 kHz or Noise Sideband Level at 020 kHz from the Noise Sideband Worksheet as the Maximum Noise Sideband Level at 620 kHz. 4.
PAGE 56
6. Noise Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series 4. Calculate the Noise Sideband Suppression at 30 kHz by subtracting the Carrier Amplitude from the Maximum Noise Sideband Level at 630 kHz. Use the equation below. Noise Sideband Suppression = Maximum Noise Sideband Level 0 Carrier Amplitude 5. Record the Noise Sideband Suppression at 30 kHz in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 3. The suppression should be 075 dBc.
PAGE 57
7. System Related Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series 7. System Related Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A 500 MHz CW signal is applied to the input of the EMC analyzer. The marker functions are used to measure the amplitude of the carrier and the amplitude of any system related sidebands >30 kHz above and below the carrier.
PAGE 58
7. System Related Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series RF : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : ON 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-7. Option 026 only: Use the APC adapter to connect the cable to the EMC analyzer input. 3. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 59
7. System Related Sidebands, HP 8590 EM-Series 8. Set the EMC analyzer to measure the system related sideband below the signal by pressing the following EMC analyzer keys: 4 + 5 (step-down key) 4 + 5 (step-down key) 9. Measure the system related sideband below the signal by pressing 4SGL SWP5. Wait for the completion of a new sweep, then press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH . Record the Marker-1 Amplitude as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 60
8. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. For testing each frequency span, two synthesized sources are used to provide two precisely-spaced signals. The EMC analyzer marker functions are used to measure this frequency di erence and the marker reading is compared to the speci cation.
PAGE 61
8. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8591EM Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of two parts: Part 1: 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Part 2: 10.1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Perform \Part 1: 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy" before performing \Part 2: 10.1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy." Part 1: 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-8.
PAGE 62
8. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8591EM 7. Press More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 , then continue pressing More 3 of 3 NEXT PK RIGHT until the marker 1 is on the right-most signal (1700 MHz). 8. Record the MKR 1 frequency reading as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. The MKR 1 reading should be between 1446 MHz and 1554 MHz.
PAGE 63
3. 4. 5. 6. 8.
PAGE 64
8. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8591EM 13. Set the EMC analyzer to measure the frequency span accuracy at 1 kHz by pressing the following keys: 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 4BW5 30 4Hz5 14. Change to the next EMC analyzer span setting listed in Table 2-4 (TR Entry 7). Be sure to set the synthesized sweeper CW and synthesizer/level generator frequencies as shown in the table. 15. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5.
PAGE 65
8. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8591EM Table 2-4. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy EMC Analyzer Synthesizer/Level Synthesized Sweeper Span Setting Generator Frequency Frequency MKR-1 Reading MHz MHz 10.10 MHz 66.000 74.000 7.70 MHz 2 8.30 MHz 10.00 MHz 66.000 74.000 7.80 MHz 3 8.20 MHz 100.00 kHz 69.960 70.040 78.00 kHz 4 82.00 kHz 99.00 kHz 69.960 70.040 78.00 kHz 5 82.06 kHz 10.00 kHz 69.996 70.004 7.80 kHz 6 8.20 kHz 1.00 kHz 69.9996 70.0004 0.78 kHz 7 0.
PAGE 66
9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. For testing each frequency span, two synthesized sources are used to provide two precisely-spaced signals. The EMC analyzer marker functions are used to measure this frequency di erence and the marker reading is compared to the speci cation.
PAGE 67
9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Figure 2-10. 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Test Setup HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Figure 2-11. Frequency Span Readout Test Setup, HP 8594EM Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of two parts: Part 1: 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Part 2: 10.1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Perform \Part 1: 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy" before performing \Part 2: 10.
PAGE 68
9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Part 1: 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-10 (Figure 2-11 for HP 8594EM). Note that the power splitter is used as a combiner. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 900 4MHz5 4SPAN5 1800 4MHz5 3.
PAGE 69
9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Figure 2-12. 10.1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Part 2: 10.1 MHz to 10 kHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy Perform \Part 1: 1800 MHz Frequency Span Readout Accuracy" before performing this procedure. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-12. Note that the Power Splitter is used as a combiner. 2.
PAGE 70
9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 NEXT PEAK The two markers should be on the signals near the second and tenth vertical graticule lines (the rst graticule line is the left-most).
PAGE 71
9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 3 of 3 NEXT PEAK 16. Record the MKR-1 frequency reading in TR Entry 7 of the performance veri cation test record. 17. Repeat steps 15 and 16 for the 300 Hz EMC analyzer span setting. 18.
PAGE 72
10. Residual FM, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test measures the inherent short-term instability of the EMC analyzer LO system. With the analyzer in zero span, a stable signal is applied to the input and slope-detected on the linear portion of the IF bandwidth lter skirt. Any instability in the LO transfers to the IF signal in the mixing process.
PAGE 73
10. Residual FM, HP 8591EM Part 1: Residual FM Determining the IF Filter Slope 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-13. 2. Set the signal generator controls as follows: FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 500 MHz CW OUTPUT : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 010 dBm 3.
PAGE 74
10. Residual FM, HP 8591EM 6. Divide the MKR-1 frequency in hertz by the MKR-1 amplitude in dB to obtain the slope of the IF bandwidth lter. For example, if the MKR-1 frequency is 1.08 kHz and the MKR-1 amplitude is 3.92 dB, the slope would be equal to 275.5 Hz/dB.
PAGE 75
10. Residual FM, HP 8591EM Measuring the Residual FM 7. On the EMC analyzer, press: 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 8. Rotate the knob counterclockwise until the MKR-1 amplitude reads 03 dB 60.1 dB. 9.
PAGE 76
10. Residual FM, HP 8591EM Part 2: Narrow Bandwidth Residual FM The following procedure is an additional test for testing the residual FM of EMC analyzers in narrow bandwidths. Perform \Part 1: Residual FM" before performing this procedure. Determining the IF Filter Slope 1. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 77
10.
PAGE 78
10. Residual FM, HP 8591EM Measuring the Residual FM 6. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) 4MKR5 MARKER 1 ON OFF (OFF) 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWP TIME AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4ms5 4FREQUENCY5 7. Rotate the EMC analyzer knob until the displayed trace is approximately 3 divisions below the reference level, then press 4SGL SWEEP5. 8. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, More 1 of 3 , MARKER !PK-PK .
PAGE 79
11. Residual FM, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 11. Residual FM, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test measures the inherent short-term instability of the EMC analyzer LO system. With the analyzer in zero span, a stable signal is applied to the input and slope-detected on the linear portion of the IF bandwidth lter skirt.
PAGE 80
11. Residual FM, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Part 1: Residual FM Determining the IF Filter Slope 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-14. Figure 2-14. Residual FM Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 2.
PAGE 81
11. Residual FM, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM MKR !5 More 1 of 3 MARKER !REF LVL 4MKR5 MARKER 1 ON OFF (OFF) 4SGL SWP5 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 If you have di culty achieving the 60.
PAGE 82
11. Residual FM, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Measuring the Residual FM 7. On the EMC analyzer, press: 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 8. Rotate the knob counterclockwise until the MKR-1 amplitude reads 03 dB 60.1 dB.
PAGE 83
11. Residual FM, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Part 2: Narrow Bandwidth Residual FM The following procedure is an additional test for testing the residual FM of EMC analyzers in Narrow bandwidths. Perform \Part 1: Residual FM" before performing this procedure. Determining the IF Filter Slope 1. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 84
11.
PAGE 85
11. Residual FM, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Measuring the Residual FM 6. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) 4MKR5 MARKER 1 ON OFF (OFF) 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWP TIME AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4ms5 4FREQUENCY5 7. Rotate the EMC analyzer knob until the displayed trace is approximately 3 divisions below the reference level, then press 4SGL SWEEP5. 8. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, More 1 of 3 , MARKER !PK-PK .
PAGE 86
12. Sweep Time Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test uses a synthesizer function generator to amplitude modulate a 500 MHz CW signal from another signal generator. The EMC analyzer demodulates this signal in zero span to display the response in the time domain. The marker delta frequency function on the EMC analyzer is used to read out the sweep time accuracy.
PAGE 87
12. Sweep Time Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Procedure 1. Set the signal generator to output a 500 MHz, 010 dBm, CW signal. Set the AM and FM controls to o . 2. Set the synthesizer/function generator to output a 500 Hz, +5 dBm triangle waveform signal. 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-15. 4. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 88
12. Sweep Time Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series 11. Change the EMC analyzer's sweep time setting and the synthesizer/function generator's frequency for the next TR entry listed in Table 2-6. Then repeat steps 9 and 10 for the TR entry. Table 2-6. Sweep Time Accuracy EMC Analyzer Synthesizer/Function Minimum TR Entry Maximum Sweep Time Setting Generator Frequency Reading (MKR 1) Reading 20 ms 500.0 Hz 15.4 ms 1 16.6 ms 100 ms 100.0 Hz 77.0 ms 2 83.0 ms 1s 10.0 Hz 770.0 ms 3 830.0 ms 10 s 1.
PAGE 89
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series 13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A 50 MHz CW signal is applied to the INPUT 50 of the analyzer through two step attenuators. The attenuators increase the e ective amplitude range of the source. The amplitude of the source is decreased in 10 dB steps and the analyzer marker functions are used to measure the amplitude di erence between steps.
PAGE 90
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series Procedure Log Scale 1. Set the synthesizer/level generator controls as follows: FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 50 MHz AMPLITUDE : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +10 dBm AMPTD INCR : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0.
PAGE 91
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series 6. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 7. Set the synthesizer/level generator AMPTD INCR to 4 dB. 8.
PAGE 92
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series Table 2-7. Cumulative and Incremental Error, Log Mode Synthesizer/Level dB from Generator Ref Level Nominal Amplitude (nominal) TR Entry Cumulative Error (MKR 1 Reading) TR Entry (Incremental Error) Min. (dB) Actual (dB) Max. (dB) TR Entry +10 dBm 0 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) +6 dBm 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 064 068 04.34 08.38 012.42 016.46 020.50 024.54 028.58 032.62 036.66 040.70 044.74 048.78 052.82 056.86 060.
PAGE 93
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series Table 2-8. Cumulative and Incremental Error, Log Mode for Narrow Bandwidths Synthesizer/Level dB from Generator Ref Level Nominal Amplitude (nominal) TR Entry Cumulative Error (MKR 1 Reading) TR Entry (Incremental Error) Min. (dB) Actual (dB) Max. (dB) TR Entry +10 dBm 0 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) +6 dBm 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 064 068 04.44 08.48 012.52 016.56 020.60 024.64 028.68 032.72 036.76 040.80 044.84 048.
PAGE 94
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series 16. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 95
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series Table 2-9. Scale Fidelity, Linear Mode Synthesizer/Level % of MKR Reading Generator Ref Level Nominal Amplitude (nominal) Min. (mV) TR Entry Max. (mV) +10 dBm 100 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) +7 dBm 70.7 151.59 65 165.01 +4 dBm 50 105.36 66 118.78 +1 dBm 35.48 72.63 67 86.05 02 dBm 25 49.46 68 62.88 24. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4Hz5 4SPAN5 10 4kHz5 25.
PAGE 96
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series Log to Linear Switching 26. Set the 10 dB step attenuator to 10 dB attenuation and the 1 dB step attenuator to 0 dB attenuation. 27. Set the synthesizer controls as follows: FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 50 MHz AMPLITUDE : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +6 dBm 28.
PAGE 97
13. Scale Fidelity, HP 8590 EM-Series reading should be less than 0.25 dB. If the Log/Linear Error is greater than 0 dB, continue with the next step. 35. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: !REF NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 MARKER LVL ! NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 2 of 3 More 3 of 3 MARKER HIGH 36.
PAGE 98
14. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A 50 MHz CW signal is applied to the INPUT 50 of the EMC analyzer through two step attenuators. The attenuators increase the e ective amplitude range of the source. The amplitude of the source is decreased in 10 dB steps and the EMC analyzer marker functions are used to measure the amplitude di erence between steps.
PAGE 99
14. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8591EM Procedure Log Scale 1.
PAGE 100
14. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8591EM Table 2-11. Reference Level Accuracy, Log Mode Synthesizer/Level EMC Analyzer Generator Amplitude Reference Level MKR 1 Reading (dB) (dBm) (dB V) 010 87 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 97 1 +0.4 +10 107 2 +0.5 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 77 00.4 00.5 00.4 00.5 00.8 01.0 01.1 01.2 01.3 3 +0.4 4 +0.5 5 +0.8 6 +1.0 7 +1.1 8 +1.2 9 +1.3 67 57 47 37 27 17 Min. TR Entry Max. Linear Scale 8.
PAGE 101
14. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8591EM MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (OFF) 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 13. Set the synthesizer/level generator amplitude and EMC analyzer reference level according to Table 2-12. At each setting, press 4SGL SWP5 on the EMC analyzer. 14. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading in Table 2-12. The MKR 1 reading should be within the limits shown. Table 2-12.
PAGE 102
14. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8591EM 18. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading in the performance veri cation test record as indicated in Table 2-13. The MKR 1 reading should be within the limits shown. Table 2-13. Reference Level Accuracy, Log Mode for Narrow IF Bandwidths Synthesizer/Level EMC Analyzer Generator Amplitude Reference Level MKR 1 Reading (dB) (dBm) (dB V) 010 87 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 97 19 +0.4 +10 107 20 +0.5 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 77 00.4 00.5 00.4 00.5 00.
PAGE 103
14. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8591EM Table 2-14. Reference Level Accuracy, Linear Mode for Narrow IF Bandwidths Synthesizer/Level EMC Analyzer Generator Amplitude Reference Level MKR 1 Reading (dB) (dBm) (dB V) 010 87 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 97 28 +0.4 +10 107 29 +0.5 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 77 00.4 00.5 00.4 00.5 00.8 01.1 01.2 01.3 01.4 30 +0.4 31 +0.5 32 +0.8 33 +1.1 34 +1.2 35 +1.3 36 +1.4 67 57 47 37 27 17 Min. TR Entry Max.
PAGE 104
15. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A 50 MHz CW signal is applied to the INPUT 50 of the EMC analyzer through two step attenuators. The attenuators increase the e ective amplitude range of the source. The amplitude of the source is decreased in 10 dB steps and the EMC analyzer marker functions are used to measure the amplitude di erence between steps.
PAGE 105
15. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Figure 2-18. Reference Level Accuracy Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure Log Scale 1.
PAGE 106
15. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 4. Set the 1 dB step attenuator to place the signal peak one to two dB (one to two divisions) below the reference level. 5. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: SGL SWP5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 6.
PAGE 107
15. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Linear Scale 10. Set the synthesizer/level generator amplitude to 010 dBm. 11. Set the 1 dB step attenuator to 0 dB attenuation. 12. Set the EMC analyzer controls as follows: 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4+dB V5 SCALE LOG LIN (LIN) 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 Amptd Units 4+dB V5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 13.
PAGE 108
15. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Table 2-16. Reference Level Accuracy, Linear Mode Synthesizer/Level EMC Analyzer Generator Amplitude Reference Level MKR 1 Reading (dB) (dBm) (dB V) 010 87 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 97 10 +0.4 +10 107 11 +0.5 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 77 00.4 00.5 00.4 00.5 00.8 01.0 01.1 01.2 01.3 12 +0.4 13 +0.5 14 +0.8 15 +1.0 16 +1.1 17 +1.2 18 +1.3 67 57 47 37 27 17 Min. TR Entry Max.
PAGE 109
15. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 23. Set the synthesizer/level generator amplitude and EMC analyzer reference level according to Table 2-17. 24. At each setting, press 4SGL SWP5 on the EMC analyzer. 25. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading in the performance veri cation test record as indicated in Table 2-17. The MKR 1 reading should be within the limits shown. 26. Repeat steps 23 through 25 for each entry in Table 2-17. Table 2-17.
PAGE 110
15. Reference Level Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Table 2-18. Reference Level Accuracy, Linear Mode for Narrow Bandwidths Synthesizer/Level EMC Analyzer Generator Amplitude Reference Level MKR 1 Reading (dB) (dBm) (dB V) 010 87 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 0 97 28 +0.4 +10 107 29 +0.5 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 77 00.4 00.5 00.4 00.5 00.8 01.1 01.2 01.3 01.4 30 +0.4 31 +0.5 32 +0.8 33 +1.1 34 +1.2 35 +1.3 36 +1.
PAGE 111
16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties,HP 8590 EM-Series 16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties, HP 8590 EM-Series This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. To measure the absolute amplitude calibration uncertainty the input signal is measured after the self-calibration routine is nished.
PAGE 112
16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties,HP 8590 EM-Series Absolute Amplitude Uncertainty 1. Connect the CAL OUT to the EMC analyzer input using the BNC cable and adapter, as shown in Figure 2-19. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 113
16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties,HP 8590 EM-Series 5.
PAGE 114
16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties,HP 8590 EM-Series SPAN5 50 4kHz5 BW5 3 4kHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 10.
PAGE 115
17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series 17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The output of a synthesizer/level generator is connected to the input of the EMC analyzer. Measurements are performed in zero span to reduce the measurement uncertainty. The frequency of the synthesizer/level generator is set to the center of the bandwidth- lter response.
PAGE 116
17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Figure 2-20. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup Procedure 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-20. 3 dB Bandwidths 2.
PAGE 117
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Adjust the synthesizer/level generator amplitude to place the peak of the signal at or below the top graticule. On the synthesizer/level generator, press AMPLITUDE and INCR 4+5 (step-down key). Press MARKER 1 on the EMC analyzer. On the synthesizer/level generator, press INCR 4*5 (step-up key). On the synthesizer/level generator, press FREQUENCY.
PAGE 118
17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Table 2-21. 3 dB Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy EMC Analyzer RES BW Column 1 Synthesizer Lower Frequency Column 2 Synthesizer Upper Frequency TR Entry 3 MHz 1 300 kHz 2 100 kHz 3 30 kHz 4 10 kHz 5 3 kHz 6 1 kHz 7 6 dB EMI Bandwidths 17. Set the synthesizer/level generator AMPTD INCR to 6 dB. 18. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4BW5 9 kHz EMI BW 4MKR5 MARKER NORMAL 19.
PAGE 119
17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series 25. Using the synthesizer/level generator knob, increase the frequency so that the marker-delta amplitude is maximum. Continue increasing the frequency until the marker reads 0.0 6 0.05 dB. 26. Record the synthesizer/level generator frequency readout in column 2 of Table 2-22. 27. Adjust the synthesizer/level generator frequency for maximum marker amplitude. 28.
PAGE 120
17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AUX/USER5 More 1 of 3 3 dB POINTS 4AMPLITUDE5 SCALE LOG LIN (LOG) 1 4dB5 4BW5 300 4Hz5 31. Set the EMC analyzer bandwidth and span according to Table 2-23. 32. Press 4SGL SWP5. Record the 03 dB POINTS: readout in the performance veri cation test record as indicated in Table 2-23. 33. Repeat steps 31 through 32 for each of the bandwidth settings listed in Table 2-23.
PAGE 121
18. Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series 18. Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test measures the accuracy of the EMC analyzer CAL OUT signal. The rst part of the test characterizes the insertion loss of a Low Pass Filter (LPF) and 10 dB Attenuator.
PAGE 122
18. Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Part 1: LPF, Attenuator and Adapter Insertion Loss Characterization 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 100 kHz to 1800 MHz power sensor in LOG mode as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. CAUTION Do not attempt to calibrate the low-power power sensor without the reference attenuator or damage to the low-power power sensor will occur. 2.
PAGE 123
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 18. Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series adapters). Wait for the power sensor to settle before proceeding with the next step. On the measuring receiver, press RATIO mode. The power indication should be 0 dB. On the power meter, press the dB REF mode key. The power indication should be 0 dB. Connect the LPF, attenuator and adapters as shown in Figure 2-21. Record the measuring receiver reading in dB in the worksheet as the Mismatch Error.
PAGE 124
18. Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8590 EM-Series Figure 2-22. Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup 11. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-22. The EMC analyzer should be positioned so that the setup of the adapters, LPF and attenuator do not bind. It may be necessary to support the center of gravity of the devices. 12. On the power meter, press the dBm mode key. Record the Power Meter Reading in dBm in the worksheet as the Power Meter Reading. 13.
PAGE 125
18.
PAGE 126
19. Frequency Response, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The output of the synthesized sweeper is fed through a power splitter to a power sensor and the EMC analyzer. The synthesized sweeper's power level is adjusted at 300 MHz to place the displayed signal at the EMC analyzer center horizontal graticule line. The measuring receiver, used as a power meter, is placed in RATIO mode.
PAGE 127
19. Frequency Response, HP 8591EM Figure 2-23. Frequency Response Test Setup, 50 MHz, HP 8591EM Frequency Response, 50 MHz 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 100 kHz to 1800 MHz power sensor in log mode as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-23. 3. Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper.
PAGE 128
19. Frequency Response, HP 8591EM MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 5. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a MKR-TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60.05 dB. 6. Set the sensor Cal Factor on the measuring receiver, then press RATIO. 7. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 50 MHz. 8. Press 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 on the EMC analyzer. 9.
PAGE 129
19. Frequency Response, HP 8591EM Figure 2-24. Frequency Response Test Setup, <50 MHz, HP 8591EM Frequency Response, 50 MHz 18. Using a cable, connect the synthesizer/level generator directly to the INPUT 50 . Refer to Figure 2-24.
PAGE 130
19. Frequency Response, HP 8591EM 22. Set the EMC analyzer and the synthesizer/level generator to the next frequency settings listed in Table 2-25. 23. At each frequency, adjust the synthesizer/level generator amplitude for a MKR-1-TRK amplitude reading of 0.00 60.05 dB. 24. Record the synthesizer/level generator amplitude setting in column 2 of Table 2-25 as the synthesizer/level generator amplitude. 25. Repeat steps 22 through 24 for each frequency setting listed in Table 2-25. 26.
PAGE 131
19. Frequency Response, HP 8591EM The result should be less than 2.0 dB. The absolute values in steps 3 and 6 should be less than 1.5 dB. Table 2-24. Frequency Response Errors Worksheet Column 1 EMC Analyzer Frequency (MHz) Column 2 Error Relative to 300 MHz (dB) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Column 1 EMC Analyzer Frequency (MHz) Column 2 Error Relative to 300 MHz (dB) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) 50 0.03 950 1.0 100 0.1 1000 1.0 150 0.1 1050 1.0 200 0.3 1100 1.0 250 0.
PAGE 132
19. Frequency Response, HP 8591EM Table 2-25.
PAGE 133
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM 20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The output of the synthesized sweeper is fed through a power splitter to a power sensor and the EMC analyzer. The synthesized sweeper power level is adjusted at 300 MHz to place the displayed signal at the analyzer center horizontal graticule line. The measuring receiver, used as a power meter, is placed in RATIO mode.
PAGE 134
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Figure 2-25. Frequency Response Test Setup, 50 MHz, HP 8593EM Procedure 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz power sensor in LOG mode as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-25. 3. Press instrument preset on the synthesized sweeper.
PAGE 135
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM 5. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , 4MKR5, More 1 of 3 , and MK TRACK ON OFF (ON). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 6. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a MKR-TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60.1 dB. 7. Press RATIO on the measuring receiver. Frequency Response, Band 0, 50 MHz 8. Set the synthesized sweeper CW FREQUENCY to 50 MHz. 9.
PAGE 136
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Frequency Response, Band 1 18. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 2.75-6.5 BAND 1 4FREQUENCY5 2.75 4GHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4MHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 10 4kHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 19. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 2.75 GHz. 20. On the EMC analyzer, press 4AMPLITUDE5, More 1 of 3 , and PRESEL PEAK .
PAGE 137
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Frequency Response, Band 2 26. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 6.0-12.8 BAND 2 4FREQUENCY5 6.0 4GHz5 CF STEP AUTO MAN (MAN) 200 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4MHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 10 4kHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 27. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 6.0 GHz. 28. On the EMC analyzer, press 4AMPLITUDE5, More 1 of 3 , and PRESEL PEAK .
PAGE 138
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Frequency Response, Band 3 33. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 12.4-19. BAND 3 4FREQUENCY5 12.
PAGE 139
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Frequency Response, Band 4 40. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 19.1-22 BAND 4 4FREQUENCY5 19.
PAGE 140
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Figure 2-26. Frequency Response Test Setup, <50 MHz, HP 8593EM Frequency Response, Band 0, <50 MHz 47.
PAGE 141
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM 51. Adjust the synthesizer/level generator amplitude until the measuring receiver display reads the same value as recorded in step 11. Record the amplitude displayed on the synthesizer/level generator in column 2 of Table 2-32. 52. Replace the 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz power sensor with the 50 termination. 53.
PAGE 142
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM 3. Enter the more positive of numbers from step 1 and step 2 as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record (absolute referenced to 300 MHz). 4. Enter the most negative number from Table 2-32, column 4: dB 5. Enter the most negative number from Table 2-26, column 2: dB 6. Enter the more negative of numbers from step 4 and step 5 as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. 7. Subtract step 6 from step 3.
PAGE 143
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Frequency Response, Band 3 1. Enter the most positive number from Table 2-29, column 2, as TR Entry 10 of the performance veri cation test record. 2. Enter the most negative number from Table 2-29, column 2, as TR Entry 11 of the performance veri cation test record. 3. Subtract step 2 from step 1. Enter this value as TR Entry 12 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 144
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-26. Frequency Response Band 0, 50 MHz Column 1 Column 1 Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading (dB) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (MHz) 50 0.05 1500 2.0 100 0.05 1600 2.0 200 0.05 1700 2.0 300 0.05 1800 2.0 400 0.05 1900 2.0 500 0.05 2000 2.0 600 0.05 2100 2.0 700 0.05 2200 2.0 800 0.05 2300 2.0 900 0.05 2400 2.0 1000 0.05 2500 3.0 1100 2.0 2600 3.0 1200 2.
PAGE 145
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-27. Frequency Response Band 1 Column 1 Column 3 Column 1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 2.75 3.0 4.7 5.0 2.8 3.0 4.8 5.0 2.9 3.0 4.9 5.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 3.1 3.0 5.1 5.0 3.2 3.0 5.2 5.0 3.3 3.0 5.3 5.0 3.4 3.0 5.4 5.0 3.5 4.0 5.5 6.0 3.6 4.0 5.6 6.0 3.7 4.0 5.7 6.0 3.8 4.0 5.8 6.0 3.9 4.0 5.9 6.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 4.1 4.0 6.1 6.0 4.2 4.0 6.2 6.0 4.3 4.0 6.3 6.0 4.4 4.0 6.4 6.0 4.
PAGE 146
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-28. Frequency Response Band 2 Column 1 Column 3 Column 1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 6.0 6.0 9.6 10.0 6.2 6.0 9.8 10.0 6.4 6.0 10.0 10.0 6.6 7.0 10.2 10.0 6.8 7.0 10.4 10.0 7.0 7.0 10.6 11.0 7.2 7.0 10.8 11.0 7.4 7.0 11.0 11.0 7.6 8.0 11.2 11.0 7.8 8.0 11.4 11.0 8.0 8.0 11.6 12.0 8.2 8.0 11.8 12.0 8.4 8.0 12.0 12.0 8.6 9.0 12.2 12.0 8.8 9.0 12.4 12.0 9.0 9.0 12.6 13.0 9.2 9.0 12.
PAGE 147
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-29. Frequency Response Band 3 Column 1 Column 3 Column 1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 12.4 12.0 16.0 16.0 12.6 13.0 16.2 16.0 12.8 13.0 16.4 16.0 13.0 13.0 16.6 17.0 13.2 13.0 16.8 17.0 13.4 13.0 17.0 17.0 13.6 14.0 17.2 17.0 13.8 14.0 17.4 17.0 14.0 14.0 17.6 18.0 14.2 14.0 17.8 18.0 14.4 14.0 18.0 18.0 14.6 15.0 18.2 18.0 14.8 15.0 18.4 18.0 15.0 15.0 18.6 19.0 15.2 15.0 18.8 19.0 15.
PAGE 148
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-30. Frequency Response Band 4 Column1 Column 3 Column1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 19.1 19.0 20.6 21.0 19.2 19.0 20.7 21.0 19.3 19.0 20.8 21.0 19.4 19.0 20.9 21.0 19.5 20.0 21.0 21.0 19.6 20.0 21.1 21.0 19.7 20.0 21.2 21.0 19.8 20.0 21.3 21.0 19.9 20.0 21.4 21.0 20.0 20.0 21.5 22.0 20.1 20.0 21.6 22.0 20.2 20.0 21.7 22.0 20.3 20.0 21.8 22.0 20.4 20.0 21.9 22.0 20.5 21.0 22.0 22.
PAGE 149
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-31. Frequency Response Band 4, Option 026 or 027 Column 1 Column 3 Column 1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 19.1 19.0 22.9 23.0 19.3 19.0 23.1 23.0 19.5 20.0 23.3 23.0 19.7 20.0 23.5 24.0 19.9 20.0 23.7 24.0 20.1 20.0 23.9 24.0 20.3 20.0 24.1 24.0 20.5 21.0 24.3 24.0 20.7 21.0 24.5 25.0 20.9 21.0 24.7 25.0 21.1 21.0 24.9 25.0 21.3 21.0 25.1 25.0 21.5 22.0 25.3 25.5 21.7 22.0 25.5 25.5 21.9 22.
PAGE 150
20. Frequency Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-32.
PAGE 151
21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM 21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The RF INPUT coupling is rst set to the dc coupled mode. The output of the synthesized sweeper is fed through a power splitter to a power sensor and the EMC analyzer. The synthesized sweeper's power level is adjusted at 300 MHz to place the displayed signal at the analyzer center horizontal graticule line.
PAGE 152
21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM Figure 2-27. Frequency Response Test Setup, 50 MHz, HP 8594EM Procedure 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 2.9 GHz power sensor in log mode as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-27. 3.
PAGE 153
6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a MKR-TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60.1 dB. Set the power sensor cal factor for the measuring receiver, then press RATIO. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 50 MHz. Press 4FREQUENCY5, 50 4MHz5 on the EMC analyzer. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer MKR-TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60.1 dB.
PAGE 154
21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM 17. On the EMC analyzer, press 4FREQUENCY5, 4 * 5 (step up) key to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 2-33. At each new frequency repeat steps 14 through 16, entering the power sensor's Cal Factor into the measuring receiver as indicated in Table 2-33. Figure 2-28. Frequency Response Test Setup, <50 MHz, HP 8594EM 18. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-28, with the power sensor connected to power splitter. 19.
PAGE 155
21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM 21. Enter the power sensor's 50 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 22. Adjust the synthesizer/level generator amplitude until the measuring receiver display reads the same value as recorded in step 11. Record the synthesizer/level generator amplitude here and in Table 2-34. Synthesizer/Level Generator Amplitude Setting (50 MHz) dBm 23. Replace the power sensor with the 50 termination. 24.
PAGE 156
21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM 25. Set the EMC analyzer center frequency and the synthesizer/level generator frequency to the frequencies listed in Table 2-34. At each frequency, adjust the synthesizer/level generator amplitude for a MKR 1-TRK amplitude reading of 0.00 60.05 dB. Record the synthesizer/level generator amplitude setting in Table 2-34 as the Synthesizer/Level Generator Amplitude. 26.
PAGE 157
21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM Table 2-33. Frequency Response, 50 MHz Column 1 Column 1 Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading (dB) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (MHz) 50 0.05 1500 2.0 100 0.05 1600 2.0 200 0.05 1700 2.0 300 0.05 1800 2.0 400 0.05 1900 2.0 500 0.05 2000 2.0 600 0.05 2100 2.0 700 0.05 2200 2.0 800 0.05 2300 2.0 900 0.05 2400 2.0 1000 0.05 2500 3.0 1100 2.0 2600 3.0 1200 2.0 2700 3.
PAGE 158
21. Frequency Response, HP 8594EM Table 2-34.
PAGE 159
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM 22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The output of the synthesized sweeper is fed through a power splitter to a power sensor and the EMC analyzer. The synthesized sweeper power level is adjusted at 300 MHz to place the displayed signal at the analyzer center horizontal graticule line. The measuring receiver, used as a power meter, is placed in RATIO mode.
PAGE 160
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM Figure 2-29. Frequency Response Test Setup, 50 MHz, HP 8595EM Procedure 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 6.5 GHz power sensor in LOG mode as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-29. 3. Press instrument preset on the synthesized sweeper.
PAGE 161
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM 5. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , 4MKR5, More 1 of 3 , and MK TRACK ON OFF (ON). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 6. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a MKR-TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60.1 dB. 7. Press RATIO on the measuring receiver. Frequency Response, Band 0, 50 MHz 8. Set the synthesized sweeper CW FREQUENCY to 50 MHz. 9.
PAGE 162
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM Frequency Response, Band 1 18. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 2.75-6.5 BAND 1 4FREQUENCY5 2.75 4GHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4MHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 10 4kHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 19. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 2.75 GHz. 20. On the EMC analyzer, press 4AMPLITUDE5, More 1 of 3 , and PRESEL PEAK .
PAGE 163
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM Figure 2-30. Frequency Response Test Setup, <50 MHz, HP 8595EM Frequency Response, Band 0, <50 MHz 26.
PAGE 164
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM 31. Replace the power sensor with the 50 termination. 32. On the EMC analyzer, press the following key: 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 33.
PAGE 165
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM Test Results Frequency Response, Band 0 1. Enter the most positive number from Table 2-37, column 4: dB 2. Enter the most positive number from Table 2-35, column 2: dB 3. Enter the more positive of numbers from step 1 and step 2 as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record (absolute referenced to 300 MHz). 4. Enter the most negative number from Table 2-37, column 4: dB 5. Enter the most negative number from Table 2-35, column 2: dB 6.
PAGE 166
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM Table 2-35. Frequency Response Band 0, 50 MHz Column 1 Column 1 Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading (dB) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (MHz) 50 0.05 1500 2.0 100 0.05 1600 2.0 200 0.05 1700 2.0 300 0.05 1800 2.0 400 0.05 1900 2.0 500 0.05 2000 2.0 600 0.05 2100 2.0 700 0.05 2200 2.0 800 0.05 2300 2.0 900 0.05 2400 2.0 1000 0.05 2500 3.0 1100 2.0 2600 3.0 1200 2.
PAGE 167
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM Table 2-36. Frequency Response Band 1 Column 1 Column 3 Column 1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 2.75 3.0 4.7 5.0 2.8 3.0 4.8 5.0 2.9 3.0 4.9 5.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 3.1 3.0 5.1 5.0 3.2 3.0 5.2 5.0 3.3 3.0 5.3 5.0 3.4 3.0 5.4 5.0 3.5 4.0 5.5 6.0 3.6 4.0 5.6 6.0 3.7 4.0 5.7 6.0 3.8 4.0 5.8 6.0 3.9 4.0 5.9 6.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 4.1 4.0 6.1 6.0 4.2 4.0 6.2 6.0 4.3 4.0 6.3 6.0 4.4 4.0 6.4 6.0 4.
PAGE 168
22. Frequency Response, HP 8595EM Table 2-37.
PAGE 169
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM 23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The output of the synthesized sweeper is fed through a power splitter to a power sensor and the EMC analyzer. The synthesized sweeper power level is adjusted at 300 MHz to place the displayed signal at the analyzer center horizontal graticule line. The measuring receiver, used as a power meter, is placed in RATIO mode.
PAGE 170
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Figure 2-31. Frequency Response Test Setup, 50 MHz, HP 8596EM Procedure 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 12.8 GHz power sensor in LOG mode as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-31. 3. Press instrument preset on the synthesized sweeper.
PAGE 171
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM 5. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , 4MKR5, More 1 of 3 , and MK TRACK ON OFF (ON). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 6. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a MKR-TRK amplitude reading of 93 dB V 60.1 dB. 7. Press RATIO on the measuring receiver. Frequency Response, Band 0, 50 MHz 8. Set the synthesized sweeper CW FREQUENCY to 50 MHz. 9.
PAGE 172
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Frequency Response, Band 1 18. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 2.75-6.5 BAND 1 4FREQUENCY5 2.75 4GHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4MHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 10 4kHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 19. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 2.75 GHz. 20. On the EMC analyzer, press 4AMPLITUDE5, More 1 of 3 , and PRESEL PEAK .
PAGE 173
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Frequency Response, Band 2 26. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 6.0-12.8 BAND 2 4FREQUENCY5 6.0 4GHz5 CF STEP AUTO MAN (MAN) 200 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4MHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 10 4kHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 27. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 6.0 GHz. 28. On the EMC analyzer, press 4AMPLITUDE5, More 1 of 3 , and PRESEL PEAK .
PAGE 174
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Figure 2-32. Frequency Response Test Setup, <50 MHz, HP 8596EM Frequency Response, Band 0, <50 MHz 33.
PAGE 175
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM 38. Replace the 50 MHz to 12.8 GHz power sensor with the 50 termination. 39. On the EMC analyzer, press the following key: 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 40.
PAGE 176
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM dB 5. Enter the most negative number from Table 2-38, column 2: dB 6. Enter the more negative of numbers from step 4 and step 5 as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. 7. Subtract step 6 from step 3. Enter this value as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record (relative atness). Frequency Response, Band 1 1. Enter the most positive number from Table 2-39, column 2, as TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record. 2.
PAGE 177
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Table 2-38. Frequency Response Band 0, 50 MHz Column 1 Column 1 Column 2 Measuring Receiver Reading (dB) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Column 3 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (MHz) 50 0.05 1500 2.0 100 0.05 1600 2.0 200 0.05 1700 2.0 300 0.05 1800 2.0 400 0.05 1900 2.0 500 0.05 2000 2.0 600 0.05 2100 2.0 700 0.05 2200 2.0 800 0.05 2300 2.0 900 0.05 2400 2.0 1000 0.05 2500 3.0 1100 2.0 2600 3.0 1200 2.
PAGE 178
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Table 2-39. Frequency Response Band 1 Column 1 Column 3 Column 1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 2.75 3.0 4.7 5.0 2.8 3.0 4.8 5.0 2.9 3.0 4.9 5.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 3.1 3.0 5.1 5.0 3.2 3.0 5.2 5.0 3.3 3.0 5.3 5.0 3.4 3.0 5.4 5.0 3.5 4.0 5.5 6.0 3.6 4.0 5.6 6.0 3.7 4.0 5.7 6.0 3.8 4.0 5.8 6.0 3.9 4.0 5.9 6.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 4.1 4.0 6.1 6.0 4.2 4.0 6.2 6.0 4.3 4.0 6.3 6.0 4.4 4.0 6.4 6.0 4.
PAGE 179
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Table 2-40. Frequency Response Band 2 Column 1 Column 3 Column 1 CAL FACTOR Frequency (GHz) Frequency (GHz) 6.0 6.0 9.6 10.0 6.2 6.0 9.8 10.0 6.4 6.0 10.0 10.0 6.6 7.0 10.2 10.0 6.8 7.0 10.4 10.0 7.0 7.0 10.6 11.0 7.2 7.0 10.8 11.0 7.4 7.0 11.0 11.0 7.6 8.0 11.2 11.0 7.8 8.0 11.4 11.0 8.0 8.0 11.6 12.0 8.2 8.0 11.8 12.0 8.4 8.0 12.0 12.0 8.6 9.0 12.2 12.0 8.8 9.0 12.4 12.0 9.0 9.0 12.6 13.0 9.2 9.0 12.
PAGE 180
23. Frequency Response, HP 8596EM Table 2-41.
PAGE 181
24. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8591EM 24. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A synthesized source and the EMC analyzer are set to the same frequency and the amplitude of the source is set to 020 dBm (87 dB V). A marker-amplitude reference is set on the EMC analyzer. The source is then tuned to several di erent frequencies where image responses could occur.
PAGE 182
24. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8591EM Procedure 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and power sensor in log mode (power reads out in dBm), as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor's 542.8 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2.
PAGE 183
24. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8591EM MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 15. Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear.
PAGE 184
24. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8591EM 16. For each of the frequencies listed in Table 2-42, do the following: a. Set the synthesized sweeper to the listed CW frequency by pressing 4RECALL5 1 for a CW frequency of 542.8 MHz or 4RECALL5 2 for a CW frequency of 1142.8 MHz. b. Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for the completion of a new sweep. c. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH and record the marker-delta amplitude reading in Table 2-42 as the Actual MKR 1 Amplitude.
PAGE 185
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM 25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A synthesized source and the EMC analyzer are set to the same frequency and the amplitude of the source is set to 0 dBm (107 dB V). A marker-amplitude reference is set on the EMC analyzer.
PAGE 186
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM Figure 2-34. Other Input Related Spurious Responses Test Setup, HP 8593EM Procedure Band 0 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and power sensor in log mode (power reads out in dBm), as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2.
PAGE 187
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 97 4dB V5 ATTEN AUTO MAN (MAN) 0 4dB5 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 5. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a 010 dBm 60.1 dB reading on the measuring receiver. 6. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear.
PAGE 188
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM 8.
PAGE 189
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM Band 2 14. 15. 16. 17. On the EMC analyzer, press 4FREQUENCY5, 9, 4GHz5. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 9 GHz. Enter the power sensor 9 GHz CAL Factor into the measuring receiver. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the CAL: PEAKING message to disappear, then press: 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 18.
PAGE 190
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM Band 4 24. 25. 26. 27. On the EMC analyzer, press 4FREQUENCY5, 21, 4GHz5. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 21 GHz. Enter the power sensor 21 GHz CAL Factor into the measuring receiver. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the CAL: PEAKING message to disappear, then press: 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 28.
PAGE 191
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM Speci cation Summary 1. Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2-43 for Band 0 as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. 2. Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2-43 for Bands 1, 2, and 3 as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. 3. Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2-43 for Band 4 as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 192
25. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8593EM Table 2-43. Other Input Related Spurious Worksheet Band EMC Analyzer Synthesized Sweeper Actual MKR 1 Minimum MKR 1 Center Frequency CW Frequency Amplitude Amplitude (GHz) (MHz) (dBc) (dBc) 0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2042.8* 2642.8* 9842.8y 7921.4y 1820.8z 278.5z 55 55 55 55 55 55 1 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4042.8* 4642.8* 8321.4y 3742.9z 55 55 55 55 2 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9042.8* 9642.8* 4982.1y 9342.8z 55 55 55 55 3 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15042.8* 15642.
PAGE 193
26. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8594EM 26. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8594EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A synthesized source and the EMC analyzer are set to the same frequency and the amplitude of the source is set to 0 dBm (107 dB V). A marker amplitude reference is set on the analyzer.
PAGE 194
26. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8594EM Figure 2-35. Other Input Related Spurious Responses Test Setup, HP 8594EM Procedure 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and power sensor in log mode (power reads out in dBm). Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2.
PAGE 195
26. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8594EM MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear. Press the following analyzer keys: 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 MARKER !REF LVL 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 4AMPLITUDE5 4 + 5 (step-down key) 4SGL SWP5 7. For each of the frequencies listed in Table 2-44 for a center frequency of 2.0 GHz, do the following: a. Set the synthesized sweeper to the listed CW frequency. b.
PAGE 196
26. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8594EM 8. Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2-44 as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. Table 2-44. Other Input Related Spurious Worksheet EMC Analyzer Synthesized Sweeper Actual MKR 1 Minimum MKR 1 Center Frequency CW Frequency Amplitude Amplitude (GHz) (MHz) (dBc) (dBc) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 * Image Response y Out-of-Band Response z Multiple Response 2-168 Performance Veri cation Tests 2042.8* 2642.8* 9842.8y 7921.
PAGE 197
27. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8595EM 27. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8595EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A synthesized source and the EMC analyzer are set to the same frequency and the amplitude of the source is set to 0 dBm (107 dB V). A marker-amplitude reference is set on the EMC analyzer.
PAGE 198
27. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8595EM Figure 2-36. Other Input Related Spurious Responses Test Setup, HP 8595EM Procedure Band 0 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and power sensor in log mode (power reads out in dBm), as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2.
PAGE 199
27. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8595EM 5. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a 010 dBm 60.1 dB reading on the measuring receiver. 6. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear.
PAGE 200
27. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8595EM 8.
PAGE 201
27. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8595EM Table 2-45. Other Input Related Spurious Worksheet EMC Analyzer Synthesized Sweeper Actual MKR 1 Minimum MKR 1 Band Center Frequency CW Frequency Amplitude Amplitude (GHz) (MHz) (dBc) (dBc) 0 1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 * Image Response y Out-of-Band Response z Multiple Response 2042.8* 2642.8* 9842.8y 7921.4y 1820.8z 278.5z 55 55 55 55 55 55 4042.8* 4642.8* 8321.4y 3742.
PAGE 202
28. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. A synthesized source and the EMC analyzer are set to the same frequency and the amplitude of the source is set to 0 dBm (107 dB V). A marker-amplitude reference is set on the EMC analyzer. The source is then tuned to several di erent frequencies which should generate image, multiple, and out-of-band responses.
PAGE 203
28. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8596EM Figure 2-37. Other Input Related Spurious Responses Test Setup, HP 8596EM Procedure Band 0 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and power sensor in log mode (power reads out in dBm), as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2.
PAGE 204
28. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8596EM 5. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for a 010 dBm 60.1 dB reading on the measuring receiver. 6. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear.
PAGE 205
28. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8596EM 8.
PAGE 206
28. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8596EM Wait for the CAL: PEAKING message to disappear, then press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 4 18. Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the synthesized sweeper CW frequencies listed in Table 2-46 for Band 2.
PAGE 207
28. Other Input Related Spurious Responses, HP 8596EM Speci cation Summary 1. Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2-46 for Band 0 as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. 2. Record the maximum Actual MKR 1 Amplitude from Table 2-46 for Bands 1 and 2 as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. Table 2-46.
PAGE 208
29. Spurious Response, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test is performed in two parts. Part 1 measures second harmonic distortion; part 2 measures third order intermodulation distortion. To test second harmonic distortion, a 50 MHz low pass lter is used to lter the source output, ensuring that harmonics read by the EMC analyzer are internally generated and not coming from the source.
PAGE 209
29. Spurious Response, HP 8591EM Equipment Required Synthesizer/level generator Synthesized sweeper Measuring receiver (used as a power meter) Power sensor, 100 kHz to 1800 MHz 50 MHz low pass lter Directional bridge Cable, BNC, 120 cm (48 in) (two required) Adapter, Type N (f) to APC 3.
PAGE 210
29. Spurious Response, HP 8591EM Figure 2-38. Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup, 30 MHz, HP 8591EM 3. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 30 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 97 4+dB V5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4.
PAGE 211
29. Spurious Response, HP 8591EM !CF NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 MKR NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN STEP MKR5 MARKER 1 4FREQUENCY5 8. Press the 4 * 5, (step-up key) on the EMC analyzer to step to the second harmonic (at 60 MHz). Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH . Record the MKR 1 Amplitude reading in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1.
PAGE 212
29. Spurious Response, HP 8591EM 3. Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on the synthesized sweeper. Set the synthesized sweeper controls as follows: POWER LEVEL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 06 dBm CW : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 50 MHz RF : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : OFF 4.
PAGE 213
29. Spurious Response, HP 8591EM 10. If necessary, adjust the EMC analyzer center frequency until the two signals are centered on the display, then set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4BW5 3 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4Hz5 11. Press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , then press 4DISPLAY5, DSP LINE ON OFF (ON). Set the display line to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting.
PAGE 214
29. Spurious Response, HP 8591EM 12. If the distortion products can be seen, proceed as follows: a. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . b. Press More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product. c. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc. 13.
PAGE 215
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test is performed in four parts. The rst two parts measure the second harmonic distortion; the last two parts measure the third order intermodulation distortion. Second harmonic distortion and third order intermodulation distortion is checked in both low band (50 kHz to 2.9 GHz) and high band (2.75 to 22 GHz).
PAGE 216
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM Adapter, Type N (m) to APC 3.5 (m) Adapter, APC 3.5 (f) to APC 3.5 (f) (two required) Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) Adapter, Type N (m) to APC 3.5 (f) Adapter, Type N (f) to BNC (m) Additional Equipment for Option 026 Adapter, BNC (f) to SMA (m) Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of four parts: Part 1: Second Harmonic Distortion, <2.9 GHz Part 2: Second Harmonic Distortion, >2.9 GHz Part 3: Third Order Intermodulation Distortion, <2.
PAGE 217
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 3. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 30 4MHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 77 dB V 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level to place the peak of the signal displayed on the EMC analyzer at the reference level of 77 dB V. 5.
PAGE 218
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 11. Measure the noise level at 5.6 GHz using the following steps: a. Remove any cable or adapters from the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 . b. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 5.
PAGE 219
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 15. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear. 16. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 , then record the measuring receiver reading at 2.8 GHz in Table 2-47. 17. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 5.6 GHz. 18. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 5.
PAGE 220
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM Table 2-47. Second Harmonic Distortion Worksheet Description Measurement Noise Level at 5.6 GHz dB V Measuring Receiver Reading at 2.8 GHz dBm Measuring Receiver Reading at 5.6 GHz dBm Frequency Response Error (FRE) dB Distortion-limited Speci cation dBc Noise-limited Speci cation dBc 23. Calculate the desired maximum marker amplitude reading as follows: a.
PAGE 221
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM c. Record the more positive of the values recorded in steps a. and b. above as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. For example, if the value in step a. is 059 dBc and the value in step b. is 061 dBc, record 059 dBc. Figure 2-42. Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup, >2.9 GHz, HP 8593EM 24. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-42 with the lter in place. 25.
PAGE 222
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 27. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer marker amplitude reading of 107 dB V 60.2 dB. 28.
PAGE 223
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM Part 3: Third Order Intermodulation Distortion, <2.9 GHz 34. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz power sensor in log mode (power reads out in dBm), as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 3 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 35. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-43 with the input of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor. Figure 2-43.
PAGE 224
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 97 dB V 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH More 1 of 3 PEAK EXCURSN 3 4dB5 4DISPLAY5 More 1 of 2 THRESHLD ON OFF (ON) 17 dB V 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN 38. On synthesized sweeper #1, set RF on.
PAGE 225
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 43. Press the following analyzer keys: 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) Set the display line to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting. 44.
PAGE 226
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 45. If the distortion products can be seen, proceed as follows: a. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . b. Press More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product. c. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc. 46.
PAGE 227
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 50. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait until the preset routine is nished. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 4.
PAGE 228
30. Spurious Response, HP 8593EM 55. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 100 4Hz5 56. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 then set the DISPLAY LINE to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting. The third-order intermodulation distortion products should appear 50 kHz below the lower frequency signal and 50 kHz above the higher frequency signal.
PAGE 229
31. Spurious Response, HP 8594EM 31. Spurious Response, HP 8594EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test is performed in two parts. The rst part measures second harmonic distortion; the second part measures third order intermodulation distortion.
PAGE 230
31. Spurious Response, HP 8594EM Figure 2-45. Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup, HP 8594EM Procedure Second Harmonic Distortion 1. Press PRESET on the synthesized sweeper, then set the controls as follows: CW : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 30 MHz POWER LEVEL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 030 dBm 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-45. 3.
PAGE 231
31. Spurious Response, HP 8594EM NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR5 MARKER 1 4FREQUENCY5 7. Press the 4 * 5 (step up) key on the EMC analyzer to step to the second harmonic (at 60 MHz). Set the reference level to 057 dB V. Wait for a full sweep to nish, then press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH . 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 8. Record the MKR 1 Amplitude reading as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 232
31. Spurious Response, HP 8594EM 11. Press INSTR PRESET on each synthesized sweeper. Set each of the synthesized sweeper controls as follows: POWER LEVEL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 015 dBm CW (synthesized sweeper #1) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2.800 GHz CW (synthesized sweeper #2) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2.
PAGE 233
31. Spurious Response, HP 8594EM BW5 1 4kHz5 4 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 100 4Hz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 4DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) Set the display line to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting. 18. The third-order intermodulation distortion products should appear 50 kHz below the lower frequency signal and 50 kHz above the higher frequency signal. Their amplitude should be less than the display line.
PAGE 234
31. Spurious Response, HP 8594EM 19. If the distortion products can be seen, proceed as follows: a. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . b. Press More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product. c. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc. 20.
PAGE 235
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test is performed in four parts. The rst two parts measure the second harmonic distortion; the last two parts measure the third order intermodulation distortion. Second harmonic distortion and third order intermodulation distortion is checked in both low band (50 kHz to 2.9 GHz) and high band (2.75 to 6.5 GHz).
PAGE 236
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM Adapter, APC 3.5 (f) to APC 3.5 (f) (two required) Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) Adapter, Type N (m) to APC 3.5 (f) Adapter, Type N (f) to BNC (m) Figure 2-48. Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup, HP 8595EM Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of four parts: Part 1: Second Harmonic Distortion, <2.9 GHz Part 2: Second Harmonic Distortion, >2.9 GHz Part 3: Third Order Intermodulation Distortion, <2.9 GHz Part 4: Third Order Intermodulation Distortion, >2.
PAGE 237
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 4. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level to place the peak of the signal displayed on the EMC analyzer at the reference level (77 dB V). 5. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 100 4Hz5 6.
PAGE 238
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM b. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 5.6 4GHz5 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 67 4+dB V5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 VID AVG ON OFF (ON) 10 4ENTER5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWP TIME AUTO MAN (MAN) 5.0 4sec5 c. Press 4SGL SWP5. Wait until AVG 10 is displayed along the left side of the CRT display. d.
PAGE 239
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 16. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 , then record the power meter reading at 2.8 GHz in Table 2-48. 17. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 5.6 GHz. 18. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 5.6 4GHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear.
PAGE 240
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM Table 2-48. Second Harmonic Distortion Worksheet Description Measurement Noise Level at 5.6 GHz dB V Power Meter Reading at 2.8 GHz dBm Power Meter Reading at 5.
PAGE 241
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 23. Calculate the desired maximum marker amplitude reading as follows: a. Add the Frequency Response Error (FRE) to 060 dBc (speci cation is 0100 dBc, but reference level will be changed by 40 dB to yield the required dynamic range), then record the Distortion-limited Speci cation in Table 2-48. Distortion-limited Speci cation = 060 dBc + FRE b. Subtract 67 dB V (reference level setting) from Noise Level at 5.6 GHz, then record in Table 2-48.
PAGE 242
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 26. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 2.8 4GHz5 4MKR5 MARKERS OFF 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear. 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 27. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer marker amplitude reading of 107 dB V 60.2 dB. 28.
PAGE 243
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 32. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 67 4+dB V5 4BW5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 VID AVG ON OFF (ON) 10 4ENTER5 4SGL SWP5 Wait until AVG 10 is displayed along the left side of the CRT display. 33. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , then record the Marker Amplitude Reading as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 244
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM Figure 2-50. Third-Order Intermodulation Distortion Test Setup, HP 8595EM 36. Press instrument preset on each synthesized sweeper. Set each of the synthesized sweeper controls as follows: POWER LEVEL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 015 dBm CW (synthesized sweeper #1) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2.800 GHz CW (synthesized sweeper #2) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2.
PAGE 245
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 40. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 200 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear.
PAGE 246
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM Figure 2-51. Third Order Intermodulation Distortion, HP 8595EM 45. If the distortion products can be seen, proceed as follows: a. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . b. Press More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product. c. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 247
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 46. If the distortion products cannot be seen, proceed as follows: a. On both the synthesized sweeper and the synthesized level generator, increase the POWER LEVEL by 5 dB. Distortion products should now be visible at this higher power level. b. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . c. Press More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion products. d.
PAGE 248
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 52. Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler. Connect the directional coupler directly to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 using an adapter (do not use a cable). 53. On the EMC analyzer, press the following key: 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear.
PAGE 249
32. Spurious Response, HP 8595EM 57. If the distortion products can be seen, proceed as follows: a. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . b. Press More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product. c. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc. 58.
PAGE 250
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test is performed in four parts. The rst two parts measure the second harmonic distortion; the last two parts measure the third order intermodulation distortion. Second harmonic distortion and third order intermodulation distortion is checked in both low band (50 kHz to 2.9 GHz) and high band (2.75 to 12.8 GHz). To test second harmonic distortion, 50 MHz and 4.
PAGE 251
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM Adapter, APC 3.5 (f) to APC 3.5 (f) (two required) Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) Adapter, Type N (m) to APC 3.5 (f) Adapter, Type N (f) to BNC (m) Figure 2-52. Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup, HP 8596EM Procedure This performance veri cation test consists of four parts: Part 1: Second Harmonic Distortion, <2.9 GHz Part 2: Second Harmonic Distortion, >2.9 GHz Part 3: Third Order Intermodulation Distortion, <2.9 GHz Part 4: Third Order Intermodulation Distortion, >2.
PAGE 252
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 4. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level to place the peak of the signal displayed on the EMC analyzer at the reference level (77 dB V). 5. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 100 4Hz5 6.
PAGE 253
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM b. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 5.6 4GHz5 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 67 4+dB V5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 VID AVG ON OFF (ON) 10 4ENTER5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWP TIME AUTO MAN (MAN) 5.0 4sec5 c. Press 4SGL SWP5. Wait until AVG 10 is displayed along the left side of the CRT display. d.
PAGE 254
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 16. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 , then record the power meter reading at 2.8 GHz in Table 2-49. 17. Set the synthesized sweeper CW to 5.6 GHz. 18. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 5.6 4GHz5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear.
PAGE 255
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM Table 2-49. Second Harmonic Distortion Worksheet Description Measurement Noise Level at 5.6 GHz dB V Power Meter Reading at 2.8 GHz dBm Power Meter Reading at 5.
PAGE 256
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 23. Calculate the desired maximum marker amplitude reading as follows: a. Add the Frequency Response Error (FRE) to 060 dBc (speci cation is 0100 dBc, but reference level will be changed by 40 dB to yield the required dynamic range), then record as the Distortion-limited Speci cation in Table 2-49. Distortion-limited Speci cation = 060 dBc + FRE b. Subtract 67 dB V (reference level setting) from Noise Level at 5.6 GHz, then record in Table 2-49.
PAGE 257
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 26. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 2.8 4GHz5 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MARKER ALL OFF 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 PRESEL PEAK Wait for the peaking message to disappear. 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 100 4kHz5 27. Adjust the synthesized sweeper power level for an EMC analyzer marker amplitude reading of 107 dB V 60.2 dB. 28.
PAGE 258
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 32. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 67 4+dB V5 4BW5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 VID AVG ON OFF (ON) 10 4ENTER5 4SGL SWP5 Wait until AVG 10 is displayed along the left side of the CRT display. 33. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , then record the Marker Amplitude Reading as TR Entry 3 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 259
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 35. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-54 with the input of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor. 36. Press instrument preset on each synthesized sweeper. Set each of the synthesized sweeper controls as follows: POWER LEVEL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 015 dBm CW (synthesized sweeper #1) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2.
PAGE 260
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM If necessary, adjust the EMC analyzer center frequency until the two signals are centered on the display. 42. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 100 4Hz5 43.
PAGE 261
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 45. If the distortion products can be seen, proceed as follows: a. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5, MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 , More 2 of 3 , and MARKER 1 . b. Press More 3 of 3 then repeatedly press NEXT PEAK until the active marker is on the highest distortion product. c. Record the MKR 1 amplitude reading as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. The MKR 1 reading should be less than 054 dBc. 46.
PAGE 262
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 50. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait until the preset routine is nished. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 4.0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 97 4+dB V5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH More 1 of 3 PEAK EXCURSN 3 4dB5 4DISPLAY5 More 1 of 2 THRESHLD ON OFF 17 4+dB V5 51. On synthesized sweeper #1, set RF on. Adjust the power level until the measuring receiver reads 012 dBm 60.05 dB. 52.
PAGE 263
33. Spurious Response, HP 8596EM 55. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 100 4Hz5 56. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH , More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 then set the DISPLAY LINE to a value 54 dB below the current reference level setting. The third-order intermodulation distortion products should appear 50 kHz below the lower frequency signal and 50 kHz above the higher frequency signal.
PAGE 264
34. Gain Compression, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. Gain compression is measured by applying two signals, separated by 3 MHz. First, the test places a 020 dBm (87 dB V) signal at the input of the EMC analyzer (the EMC analyzer reference level is also set to 87 dB V). Then, a 0 dBm (107 dB V) signal is applied to the EMC analyzer, overdriving its input.
PAGE 265
34. Gain Compression, HP 8591EM Figure 2-56. Gain Compression Test Setup, HP 8591EM Procedure 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and power sensor combination in log mode (power reads out in dBm) as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor's 50 MHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-56, with the load of the directional bridge connected to the power sensor. 3.
PAGE 266
34. Gain Compression, HP 8591EM 5. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the EMC analyzer keys as follows: 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4dB V5 SCALE LOG LIN (LOG) 1 4dB5 4BW5 300 4kHz5 6. On the synthesized sweeper, adjust the power level for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver. Set RF to o . 7. On the synthesizer/level generator, set the 50 /75 switch to 50 .
PAGE 267
34. Gain Compression, HP 8591EM 14. Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1. The absolute value of this amplitude should be less than 0.5 dB. Narrow Bandwidth 15. Remove the EMC analyzer from the directional bridge and reconnect the measuring receiver power sensor to the directional bridge as shown in Figure 2-56. 16.
PAGE 268
34. Gain Compression, HP 8591EM 23. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for the completion of a new sweep. Press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 24. On the synthesized sweeper, set RF to ON. 25. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for the completion of a new sweep. Press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 .
PAGE 269
35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM 35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This performance veri cation test measures gain compression in both low band and high band. Two signals, separated by 3 MHz, are used. First, the test places a 030 dBm (77 dB V) signal at the input of the EMC analyzer (the EMC analyzer reference level is also set to 77 dB V).
PAGE 270
35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM Figure 2-57.
PAGE 271
35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM Procedure Gain Compression, <2.9 GHz 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz power sensor combination in log mode (power reads out in dBm) as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-57, with the output of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor. 3. Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweepers. 4.
PAGE 272
35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM Option 026 only: Connect the directional coupler to the EMC analyzer directly. 9. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM routine to nish. 10. On synthesized sweeper #2, adjust the power level to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC analyzer reference level. 11. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 .
PAGE 273
17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM Set synthesized sweeper #1 controls as follows: CW : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 4.
PAGE 274
35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM 27. Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 2. The absolute value of this amplitude should be less than or equal to 0.5 dB. Narrow Bandwidth 28. Remove the EMC analyzer from the directional coupler and reconnect the measuring receiver power sensor to the directional coupler as shown in Figure 2-57. 29. Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweepers. 30.
PAGE 275
35. Gain Compression, HP 8593EM 37. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for the completion of a new sweep. Press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 38. On synthesized sweeper #1, set RF to ON. 39. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for the completion of a new sweep. Press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH , MARKER 1 .
PAGE 276
36. Gain Compression, HP 8594EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This performance veri cation test measures gain compression. Two signals, separated by 3 MHz, are used. First, the test places a 030 dBm (77 dB V) signal at the input of the EMC analyzer (the EMC analyzer reference level is also set to 77 dB V). Then, a 107 dB V signal is applied to the EMC analyzer, overdriving its input.
PAGE 277
36. Gain Compression, HP 8594EM Figure 2-58. Gain Compression Test Setup, HP 8594EM Procedure Gain Compression, <2.9 GHz 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and the power sensor combination in log mode (power reads out in dBm) as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-58, with the output of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor. 3.
PAGE 278
36. Gain Compression, HP 8594EM 6. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the EMC analyzer keys as follows: 4FREQUENCY5 2.0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 77 4dB V5 SCALE LOG LIN (LOG) 1 4dB5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4kHz5 7. On synthesized sweeper #1, adjust the power level for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver. Set RF to o .
PAGE 279
36. Gain Compression, HP 8594EM 14. Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1. The absolute value of this amplitude should be less than 0.5 dB. Narrow Bandwidth 15. Remove the EMC analyzer from the directional coupler and reconnect the measuring receiver power sensor to the directional coupler as shown in Figure 2-58. 16. Press INSTRUMENT PRESET on both synthesized sweepers. 17.
PAGE 280
36. Gain Compression, HP 8594EM 24. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for the completion of a new sweep. Press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 25. On synthesized sweeper #1, set RF to ON. 26. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for the completion of a new sweep. Press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 .
PAGE 281
37. Gain Compression, HP 8595EM 37. Gain Compression, HP 8595EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This performance veri cation test measures gain compression in both low band and high band. Two signals, separated by 3 MHz, are used. First, the test places a 030 dBm (77 dB V) signal at the input of the EMC analyzer (the EMC analyzer reference level is also set to 77 dB V).
PAGE 282
37. Gain Compression, HP 8595EM Figure 2-59. Gain Compression Test Setup, HP 8595EM Procedure Gain Compression, <2.9 GHz 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 6.5 GHz power sensor combination in log mode (power reads out in dBm) as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-59, with the output of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor. 3.
PAGE 283
37. Gain Compression, HP 8595EM 6. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the EMC analyzer keys as follows: 4FREQUENCY5 2.0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 77 4dB V5 SCALE LOG LIN (LOG) 1 4dB5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4kHz5 7. On synthesized sweeper #1, adjust the power level for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver. Set RF to o .
PAGE 284
37. Gain Compression, HP 8595EM 14. Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1. The absolute value of this amplitude should be less than 0.5 dB. Gain Compression, >2.9 GHz 15. Disconnect the directional coupler from the EMC analyzer input, then connect the directional coupler to the power sensor. 16. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following key: 4FREQUENCY5 4.
PAGE 285
37. Gain Compression, HP 8595EM 23. On synthesized sweeper #2, adjust the power level to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC analyzer reference level. 24. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 25. On synthesized sweeper #1, set RF to ON. 26. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH , then NEXT PEAK .
PAGE 286
37. Gain Compression, HP 8595EM 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 97 4dB V5 MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 2 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear. 36. On synthesized sweeper #2, adjust the amplitude to place the signal 10 dB below the EMC analyzer reference level. 37. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for the completion of a new sweep. Press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH .
PAGE 287
38. Gain Compression, HP 8596EM 38. Gain Compression, HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This performance veri cation test measures gain compression in both low band and high band. Two signals, separated by 3 MHz, are used. First, the test places a 030 dBm (77 dB V) signal at the input of the EMC analyzer (the EMC analyzer reference level is also set to dB V).
PAGE 288
38. Gain Compression, HP 8596EM Figure 2-60. Gain Compression Test Setup, HP 8596EM Procedure Gain Compression, <2.9 GHz 1. Zero and calibrate the measuring receiver and 50 MHz to 12.8 GHz power sensor combination in log mode (power reads out in dBm) as described in the measuring receiver operation manual. Enter the power sensor 2 GHz Cal Factor into the measuring receiver. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-60, with the output of the directional coupler connected to the power sensor. 3.
PAGE 289
38. Gain Compression, HP 8596EM 6. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the EMC analyzer keys as follows: 4FREQUENCY5 2.0 4GHz5 4SPAN5 20 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 77 4dB V5 SCALE LOG LIN (LOG) 1 4dB5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4kHz5 7. On synthesized sweeper #1, adjust the power level for a 0 dBm reading on the measuring receiver. Set RF to o .
PAGE 290
38. Gain Compression, HP 8596EM 14. Read the MKR 1 amplitude and record in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1. The absolute value of this amplitude should be less than 0.5 dB. Gain Compression, >2.9 GHz 15. Disconnect the directional coupler from the EMC analyzer input, then connect the directional coupler to the power sensor. 16. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following key: 4FREQUENCY5 4.
PAGE 291
38. Gain Compression, HP 8596EM 23. On synthesized sweeper #2, adjust the power level to place the signal 1 dB below the EMC analyzer reference level. 24. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 25. On synthesized sweeper #1, set RF to ON. 26. On the EMC analyzer, press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH , then NEXT PEAK .
PAGE 292
38. Gain Compression, HP 8596EM 35. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the EMC analyzer keys as follows: 4FREQUENCY5 50 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 97 4dB V5 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 2 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear. 36. On synthesized sweeper #2, adjust the amplitude to place the signal 10 dB below the EMC analyzer reference level. 37.
PAGE 293
39. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8591EM 39. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This performance veri cation test measures the displayed average noise level within the frequency range speci ed. The EMC analyzer input is terminated in 50 . The LO feedthrough is used as a frequency reference for these measurements.
PAGE 294
39. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8591EM Procedure 1. Connect a cable from the CAL OUT to the INPUT 50 of the EMC analyzer as shown in Figure 2-61. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 87 dB V ATTEN AUTO MAN (MAN) 0 4dB5 3.
PAGE 295
39. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8591EM 400 kHz 6. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 400 4kHz5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 37 dB V 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 7. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) (For Options 101, 102, and 301: DETECTOR PK SP NG (SP)) 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep. 8.
PAGE 296
39. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8591EM 1 MHz 10. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 1 4MHz5 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep. 11. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise, ignoring any residual responses (refer to the Residual Responses veri cation test for any suspect residuals). 12.
PAGE 297
39. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8591EM 16. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH and record the MKR frequency as the Measurement Frequency in Table 2-50 for 1 MHz to 1.5 GHz. 17. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 VID AVG ON OFF (OFF) DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) (For Options 101, 102, and 301: DETECTOR PK SP NG (SP)) 4AUTO COUPLE5 IF BW AUTO MAN (AUTO) AVG BW AUTO MAN (AUTO) 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4FREQUENCY5 18.
PAGE 298
39. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8591EM 1.5 GHz to 1.8 GHz 22. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4AUTO COUPLE5 IF BW AUTO MAN (AUTO) AVG BW AUTO MAN (AUTO) 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) 4FREQUENCY5 START FREQ 1.5 4GHz5 STOP FREQ 1.8 4GHz5 23. Repeat steps 15 through 20 above for frequencies from 1.5 GHz to 1.8 GHz. If the Displayed Average Noise at 1.8 GHz is at or out of speci cation, it is recommended that a known frequency source be used as a frequency marker.
PAGE 299
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM 40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test measures the displayed average noise level in all ve frequency bands. The EMC analyzer input is terminated in 50 . In Band 0 (9 kHz to 2.9 GHz), the test rst measures the average noise at 400 kHz and 1 MHz in zero span. The LO feedthrough is used as a frequency reference for these measurements.
PAGE 300
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM Figure 2-62. Displayed Average Noise Level Test Setup, HP 8593EM Procedure 1. Connect a cable from the CAL OUT to the INPUT 50 of the EMC analyzer as shown in Figure 2-62. Option 026 only: Use the BNC to SMA adapter to connect the cal comb cable to CAL OUT. Use the APC 3.5 adapter to connect the cal cable to the INPUT 50 . 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 301
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 REF LVL OFFSET Subtract the MKR amplitude reading from 87 dB V and enter the result as the REF LVL OFFSET. For example, if the marker reads 86.79 dB V, enter 00.21 dB (87 dB V 0 86.79 dB V = +0.21 dB). 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN REF LVL OFFSET dB 5.
PAGE 302
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM 400 kHz 6. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 400 4kHz5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 37 dB V 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 7. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) (For Options 101, 102, and 301: DETECTOR PK SP NG (SP)) 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep. 8.
PAGE 303
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM 12. Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record as the noise level at 1 MHz. The average noise level should be less than the speci ed limit.
PAGE 304
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz 13. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 0-2.9 Gz BAND 0 4FREQUENCY5 START FREQ 1 4MHz5 STOP FREQ 2.
PAGE 305
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM 17.
PAGE 306
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM 6.0 to 12.8 GHz 22. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 6.0-12.
PAGE 307
40. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8593EM 22 GHz to 26.5 GHz (Option 026 or 027 Only) 28. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 19.1 - 22 BAND 4 4FREQUENCY5 START FREQ 22 4GHz5 STOP FREQ 26.5 4GHz5 29.
PAGE 308
41. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8594EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This performance veri cation test measures the displayed average noise level within the frequency range speci ed. The EMC analyzer input is terminated in 50 . The test tunes the EMC analyzer frequency across the band, uses the marker to locate the frequency with the highest response, and then reads the average noise in zero span.
PAGE 309
41. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8594EM Procedure 1. Connect a cable from the CAL OUT to the INPUT 50 of the EMC analyzer as shown in Figure 2-63. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4+dB V5 ATTEN AUTO MAN (MAN) 0 4dB5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3.
PAGE 310
41. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8594EM 400 kHz 6. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 400 4kHz5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 17 4+dB V5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 7. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) (For Options 101, 102, and 301: DETECTOR PK SP NG (SP)) 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep. 8.
PAGE 311
41. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8594EM 4 MHz 10. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 4 4MHz5 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep. 11. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise, ignoring any residual responses (refer to the Residual Responses veri cation test for any suspect residuals). 12.
PAGE 312
41. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8594EM 16. Press 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH and record the MKR frequency as the Measurement Frequency in Table 2-52 for 5 MHz to 2.9 GHz. 17. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 VID AVG ON OFF (OFF) DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) (For Options 101, 102, and 301: DETECTOR PK SP NG (SP)) 4AUTO COUPLE5 IF BW AUTO MAN (AUTO) AVG BW AUTO MAN (AUTO) 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4FREQUENCY5 18.
PAGE 313
41. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8594EM Table 2-52. Displayed Average Noise Level Worksheet Frequency Range Measurement TR Entry Frequency (Displayed Average Noise Level) 400 kHz 400 kHz 1 4 MHz 4 MHz 2 5 MHz to 2.
PAGE 314
42. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8595EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test measures the displayed average noise level in both frequency bands. The EMC analyzer input is terminated in 50 . In Band 0 (9 kHz to 2.9 GHz), the test rst measures the average noise at 400 kHz and 1 MHz in zero span. The LO feedthrough is used as a frequency reference for these measurements.
PAGE 315
42. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8595EM Procedure 1. Connect a cable from the CAL OUT to the INPUT 50 of the EMC analyzer as shown in Figure 2-64. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4+dB V5 ATTEN AUTO MAN (MAN) 0 4dB5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3.
PAGE 316
42. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8595EM 400 kHz 6. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 400 4kHz5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 37 4+dB V5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 7. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) (For Options 101, 102, and 301: DETECTOR PK SP NG (SP)) 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep. 8.
PAGE 317
42. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8595EM Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise, ignoring any residual responses (refer to the Residual Responses veri cation test for any suspect residuals). 12. Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record as the noise level at 1 MHz. The average noise level should be less than the speci ed limit. 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz 13.
PAGE 318
42. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8595EM 17.
PAGE 319
42. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8595EM 2.75 to 6.5 GHz 20. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 2.75-6.
PAGE 320
43. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. This test measures the displayed average noise level in all three frequency bands. The EMC analyzer input is terminated in 50 . In Band 0 (9 kHz to 2.9 GHz), the test rst measures the average noise at 400 kHz and 1 MHz in zero span. The LO feedthrough is used as a frequency reference for these measurements.
PAGE 321
43. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8596EM Procedure 1. Connect a cable from the CAL OUT to the INPUT 50 of the EMC analyzer as shown in Figure 2-65. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 87 4+dB V5 ATTEN AUTO MAN (MAN) 0 4dB5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3.
PAGE 322
43. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8596EM 400 kHz 6. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 400 4kHz5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 37 4+dB V5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 7. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4BW5 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) (For Options 101, 102, and 301: DETECTOR PK SP NG (SP)) 4SGL SWP5 Wait for the completion of a new sweep. 8.
PAGE 323
43. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8596EM Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise, ignoring any residual responses. Refer to the Residual Responses veri cation test for any suspect residuals. 12. Record the display line amplitude setting as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record as the noise level at 1 MHz. The average noise level should be less than the speci ed limit. 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz 13.
PAGE 324
43. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8596EM 17.
PAGE 325
43. Displayed Average Noise Level, HP 8596EM 6.0 to 12.8 GHz 21. Press the followings EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 6.0-12.
PAGE 326
44. Residual Responses, HP 8591EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The EMC analyzer input is terminated and the EMC analyzer is swept from 150 kHz to 1 MHz. Then the EMC analyzer is swept in 10 MHz spans throughout the 1 MHz to 1.8 GHz range. Any responses above the speci cation are noted. There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test. Equipment Termination, 50 Figure 2-66.
PAGE 327
44. Residual Responses, HP 8591EM 3. Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish. Look for any residual responses at or above the display line. If a residual is suspected, press 4SGL SWP5 again. A residual response will persist on successive sweeps, but a noise peak will not. Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above the display line and to the right of the marker in Table 2-55. 1 MHz to 1.8 GHz 4. Connect the 300 MHz CAL OUT to the RF INPUT. 5.
PAGE 328
44. Residual Responses, HP 8591EM 10. Reconnect the termination to the EMC analyzer input as shown in Figure 2-66. 11.
PAGE 329
12. 44. Residual Responses, HP 8591EM Press 4FREQUENCY5, then adjust the center frequency until the LO feedthrough (the \signal" near the left of the screen) is just o the left-most vertical graticule line. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 CF STEP AUTO MAN (MAN) 9.8 4MHz5 4DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) 17 4dB V5 Add 17 dB V to the MEAS UNCAL Amplitude Error (recorded in step 8), then set the display line to this value. For example, if the amplitude error in step 8 is 019.
PAGE 330
44. Residual Responses, HP 8591EM Con rming Residuals 16. Set the EMC analyzer center frequency to a residual frequency recorded in Table 2-55, the press the following keys: 4PRESET5 4AMPLITUDE5 47 4dB V5 ATTEN AUTO MAN (MAN) 0 4dB5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4SGL SWP5 4DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) 17 4dB V5 17. Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish. Look for any residual responses at or above the display line. If a residual is suspected, press 4SGL SWP5 again.
PAGE 331
45. Residual Responses, HP 8594EM 45. Residual Responses, HP 8594EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The EMC analyzer input is terminated and the EMC analyzer is swept from 150 kHz to 1 MHz. Then the EMC analyzer is swept in 10 MHz spans throughout the 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz range. Any responses above the speci cation are noted. There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test.
PAGE 332
45. Residual Responses, HP 8594EM 4BW5 300 4Hz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 300 4Hz5 4DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) 17 4dB V5 3. Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish. Look for any residual responses at or above the display line. If a residual is suspected, press 4SGL SWP5 again. A residual response will persist on successive sweeps, but a noise peak will not. Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above the display line and to the right of the marker in Table 2-57.
PAGE 333
45. Residual Responses, HP 8594EM MEAS UNCAL Amplitude Error dB 9. Remove the cable from the EMC analyzer input. 10. Reconnect the termination to the EMC analyzer input as shown in Figure 2-67. 11. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 5 4MHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 47 4dB V5 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 12.
PAGE 334
45. Residual Responses, HP 8594EM Table 2-57.
PAGE 335
45. Residual Responses, HP 8594EM Con rming Residuals 16. Set the EMC analyzer center frequency to a residual frequency recorded in Table 2-57, the press the following keys: 4PRESET5 4AMPLITUDE5 47 4dB V5 ATTEN AUTO MAN (MAN) 0 4dB5 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4SGL SWP5 4DISPLAY5 DSP LINE ON OFF (ON) 17 4dB V5 17. Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish. Look for any residual responses at or above the display line. If a residual is suspected, press 4SGL SWP5 again.
PAGE 336
46. Residual Responses, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The EMC analyzer input is terminated and the EMC analyzer is swept from 150 kHz to 1 MHz. Then the EMC analyzer is swept in 10 MHz spans throughout the 1 MHz to 6.5 GHz range. Any responses above the speci cation are noted. There are no related adjustment procedures for this performance test.
PAGE 337
46. Residual Responses, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure 150 kHz to 1 MHz 1. Connect the termination to the EMC analyzer input as shown in Figure 2-68. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock 0-2.
PAGE 338
46. Residual Responses, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 1 MHz to 2.75 GHz 4. Connect the 300 MHz CAL OUT to the RF INPUT. 5. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 More 1 of 2 Band Lock BAND LOCK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 10 4MHz5 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4MKR5 More 1 of 3 MK TRACK ON OFF (ON) 4SPAN5 1 4kHz5 Wait for the AUTO ZOOM message to disappear, then press 6.
PAGE 339
46. Residual Responses, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM SWEEP/TRIG5 SWEEP CONT SGL (CONT) 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 12. Press 4FREQUENCY5, then adjust the center frequency until the LO feedthrough (the \signal" near the left of the screen) is just o the left-most vertical graticule line. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 CF STEP AUTO MAN (MAN) 9.
PAGE 340
46. Residual Responses, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 17. Press 4SGL SWP5 and wait for a new sweep to nish. Look for any residual responses at or above the display line. If a residual is suspected, press 4SGL SWP5 again. A residual response will persist on successive sweeps, but a noise peak will not. Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above the display line in Table 2-59. 18. Press 4FREQUENCY5, 4 * 5 (step-up key), to step to the next frequency and repeat step 17. 19.
PAGE 341
46. Residual Responses, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM If a residual is suspected, press 4SGL SWP5 again. A residual response will persist on successive sweeps, but a noise peak will not. Note the frequency and amplitude of any residual responses above the display line and to the right of the marker in Table 2-59. 22. Repeat steps 20 through 21 for all residuals recorded in Table 2-60. 23. Record the highest residual from Table 2-60 as TR Entry 1 in the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 342
47. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8591EM Option 101 and Option 301 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The CAL OUT signal is used to compare the amplitude level of a normal sweep time (20 ms) to a fast sweep time (18 ms) using the marker delta function. A synthesizer/level generator is used to amplitude modulate a 500 MHz, CW signal from another signal generator.
PAGE 343
47. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8591EM Option 101 and Option 301 Procedure Fast Sweep Time Amplitude Accuracy 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-69. 2. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 344
47. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8591EM Option 101 and Option 301 7. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4AMPLITUDE5 SCALE LOG LIN (LIN) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 8. Set the signal generator AM switch to the AC position.
PAGE 345
47. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8591EM Option 101 and Option 301 Table 2-61. Fast Sweep Time Accuracy EMC Analyzer Synthesizer/Function Minimum TR Entry Sweep Time Generator Frequency Reading (MKR 1) 18 ms 556 Hz 14.04 ms 1 10 ms 1 kHz 7.8 ms 2 1.0 ms 10 kHz 780 s 3 100 s 100 kHz 78 s 4 20 s 500 kHz 15.
PAGE 346
48. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 101 and Option 301 48. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 101 and Option 301 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The CAL OUT signal is used to compare the amplitude level of a normal sweep time (20 ms) to a fast sweep time (18 ms) using the marker delta function.
PAGE 347
48. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 101 and Option 301 Figure 2-71. Fast Time Domain Sweeps Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure Fast Sweep Time Amplitude Accuracy 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-71. Option 026 only: Use the APC to Type N adapter. 2. On the EMC analyzer, press 4PRESET5, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 348
48. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 101 and Option 301 Fast Sweep Time Accuracy 4. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-72. Option 026 only: Use the APC to Type N adapter. Figure 2-72. Fast Sweep Time Accuracy Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 5. Set the signal generator to output a 300 MHz, 04 dBm, CW signal. Set the AM and FM controls to OFF. 6. Set the synthesizer/level generator to output a 556 Hz, +5 dBm, signal. 7.
PAGE 349
48. Fast Time Domain Sweeps, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 101 and Option 301 MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN If necessary, press NEXT PEAK or NEXT PK LEFT until the marker is on the left-most complete signal peak. This is the \marked signal." 11. Press More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 MARKER 1 , MARKER 1 , then press NEXT PK RIGHT until the marker 1 is on the eighth signal.
PAGE 350
49. Absolute Amplitude, Vernier, and Power Sweep Accuracy, HP 8591EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. A calibrated power sensor is then connected to the tracking generator output to measure the power level at 300 MHz.
PAGE 351
49. Absolute Amplitude, Vernier, and Power Sweep Accuracy, HP 8591EM Option 010 Figure 2-73. Absolute Amplitude, Vernier, and Power Sweep Accuracy Test Setup, HP 8591EM 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4MKR5 4AUX/USER5 Track Gen SRC PWR ON OFF (ON) 102 4dB V5 3. On the EMC analyzer, press TRACKING PEAK . Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear. 4.
PAGE 352
49. Absolute Amplitude, Vernier, and Power Sweep Accuracy, HP 8591EM Option 010 7. Subtract 020 dBm (87 dB V) from the power level displayed on the measuring receiver and record the result as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record as the Absolute Amplitude Accuracy. 8. On the EMC analyzer, press: 4AUX/USER5 Track Gen SRC ATN MAN AUTO (MAN) 107 4dB V5 4SRC PWR5 97 4dB V5 9. Press RATIO on the measuring receiver.
PAGE 353
49. Absolute Amplitude, Vernier, and Power Sweep Accuracy, HP 8591EM Option 010 TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record as the Power Sweep Accuracy. Power Sweep Accuracy = Positive Power Sweep Accuracy 0 Negative Power Sweep Accu Table 2-63.
PAGE 354
50. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. A calibrated power sensor is then connected to the tracking generator output to measure the power level at 300 MHz.
PAGE 355
50. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Figure 2-74. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-74. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 356
50. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 7. Record the power level displayed on the measuring receiver as the Absolute Amplitude Accuracy in the performance veri cation test record as TR Entry 1. 8. Press RATIO on the measuring receiver. Power levels will now readout in dB relative to the power level just measured at the 87 dB V (020 dBm) output power level setting. 9. Set the EMC analyzer SRC POWER to the settings indicated in Table 2-64.
PAGE 357
50. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Table 2-64.
PAGE 358
51. Power Sweep Range, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 through a power splitter and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. The other output of the power splitter is connected to a measuring receiver.
PAGE 359
51. Power Sweep Range, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Figure 2-75.
PAGE 360
51. Power Sweep Range, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-75. Do not connect the power sensor to the power splitter at this time. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 Band Lock 0-2.9 Gz BAND 0 The HP 8594EM does not need to be band locked.
PAGE 361
51. Power Sweep Range, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM SRC PWR ON OFF (ON), and adjust the power level until the marker reads 0 dB 60.1 dB. 8. Record the power level displayed on the measuring receiver as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. 9. Press PWR SWP ON OFF (ON) to set power sweep on. Wait for completion of a new sweep. 10. Press 4MKR5, MARKER NORMAL . Use the knob to place the marker at the right-most graticule line. Press MARKER 1 .
PAGE 362
51. Power Sweep Range, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM 11. Press 4AUX/USER5, Track Gen , PWR SWP ON OFF (OFF) to set power sweep o . Press SRC PWR ON OFF (ON) and adjust the SRC POWER level until the 1MKR reads 01 dB 60.1 dB. Be sure to wait for the completion of a new sweep after each adjustment of the SRC POWER level. 12. Record the power level displayed on the measuring receiver as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. 13.
PAGE 363
52. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8591EM Option 010 52. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8591EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. A calibrated power sensor is then connected to the tracking generator output to measure the power level at 300 MHz.
PAGE 364
52. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8591EM Option 010 Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-76. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 CF STEP AUTO MAN (MAN) 100 4MHz5 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3.
PAGE 365
52. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8591EM Option 010 Table 2-65. Tracking Generator Level Flatness Worksheet Center Freq Cal Factor (MHz) Center Freq 100 kHz 0.1 600 MHz 300 300 kHz 0.3 700 MHz 1000 500 kHz 0.
PAGE 366
52. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8591EM Option 010 14. Locate the most negative Level Flatness reading in Table 2-65 for the frequency ranges listed in Table 2-67 and record as the Minimum Flatness in the performance veri cation test record as shown in Table 2-67. Table 2-67. Minimum Flatness Description TR Entry (Minimum Flatness) 100 kHz 4 300 kHz to 5 MHz 5 10 MHz to 1800 MHz 6 15. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer.
PAGE 367
53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level.
PAGE 368
53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Adapter, Type N (m) to BNC (f) Figure 2-77. Tracking Generator Level Flatness Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-77. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 369
53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 6. Disconnect the Type N cable from the RF OUT 50 and connect the 100 kHz to 2.9 GHz power sensor to the RF OUT 50 . 7. On the EMC analyzer, press SRC PWR ON OFF (ON), 87 4dB V5, 4SGL SWP5. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 8. Press RATIO on the measuring receiver. The measuring receiver readout is now in power levels relative to the power level at 300 MHz. 9.
PAGE 370
53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Table 2-68. Tracking Generator Level Flatness Worksheet Center Frequency Level Flatness (dB) Cal Factor (MHz) Center Frequency Level Flatness (dB) Cal Factor (MHz) 100 kHz 0.1 1000 MHz 1000 300 kHz 0.3 1100 MHz 1000 500 kHz 0.
PAGE 371
53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Figure 2-78.
PAGE 372
53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 14. Set the DVM to measure AC Volts. Press the following DVM keys so that it reads out in dBm: 50 4STORE5 4 4MATH5 4 15. Set the EMC analyzer center frequency to 9 kHz and press 4SGL SWP5. Record the DVM readout in column 2 of Table 2-69. 16. Repeat step 15 for all center frequencies listed in Table 2-69 Table 2-69.
PAGE 373
53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 20. Locate the most positive Level Flatness readings in Table 2-68 and Table 2-69 and record these values as TR Entry 1 and TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. 21. Locate the most negative Level Flatness readings in Table 2-68 and Table 2-69 and record this value as TR Entry 3 and TR Entry 4 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 374
54. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. The tracking generator output is then connected to the input of a microwave spectrum analyzer.
PAGE 375
54. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-79. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 376
54. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 REFERENCE LEVEL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +5 dBm RES BW : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 30 kHz LOG dB/DIV : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 10 dB 7.
PAGE 377
54. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 10. Locate the most positive 3rd Harmonic Level in Table 2-70 and record as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record.
PAGE 378
55. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 55. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level.
PAGE 379
55. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 b. Press 42 0 22 GHz5 (INSTR PRESET), 4RECALL5, 8. Adjust AMPTD CAL for a marker amplitude reading of 010 dBm. c. Press 4RECALL5, 9. Adjust FREQ ZERO for a maximum amplitude response. d. Press 4SHIFT5, 4FREQUENCY SPAN5 to start the 30 second internal error correction routine. e. When the CALIBRATING! message disappears, press 4SHIFT5, 4START FREQ5 to use the error correction factors just calculated. 2.
PAGE 380
55. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear, then press the following keys: SRC PWR ON OFF (ON) 106 4dB V5 4FREQUENCY5 300 4kHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SGL SWP5 Connect the Type N cable from the tracking generator output to the microwave spectrum analyzer RF INPUT as shown in Figure 2-80.
PAGE 381
8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 55. Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 the microwave spectrum analyzer frequency is the same as the Tracking Generator Output Frequency. Locate the 2nd Harmonic Level for 9 kHz in Table 2-71 and record as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation record. Locate the most positive 2nd Harmonic Level in Table 2-71 and record as TR Entry 2 of the performance veri cation test record. Locate the 2nd Harmonic Level for 1.
PAGE 382
56. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. The tracking generator output is then connected to the input of a microwave spectrum analyzer. The tracking generator is set to several di erent output frequencies.
PAGE 383
56. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-81. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4kHz5 4MKR5 4AUX/USER5 Track Gen SRC PWR ON OFF (ON) 102 4dB V5 3.
PAGE 384
56. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 Measuring Fundamental Amplitudes 7. Set the EMC analyzer center frequency to the Fundamental Frequency listed in Table 2-72. 8.
PAGE 385
56. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 16. Verify that the marked signal is not the fundamental or a harmonic of the fundamental by performing the following steps: Note that the following steps are for an HP 8566A/B microwave spectrum analyzer, the steps may be di erent if you are using another microwave spectrum analyzer. a. Divide the marker frequency by the fundamental frequency (the EMC analyzer center frequency setting). For example, if the marker frequency is 30.
PAGE 386
56. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 18. If the marked signal is either the fundamental or a harmonic of the fundamental (see step 16) or a noise peak (see step 17), move the marker to the next highest signal by pressing SHIFT, PEAK SEARCH. Repeat step 16. The following step is only performed if the marker signal is not the fundamental or harmonic of the fundamental and is a true response. 19.
PAGE 387
56. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8591EM Option 010 Table 2-73. Non-Harmonic Responses Worksheet Microwave Spectrum Analyzer Settings Non-Harmonic Response Amplitude (dBc) Start Stop Resolution Frequency Frequency Bandwidth Center Frequency 0.1 MHz 5.0 MHz 10 kHz 5.0 MHz 55 MHz 100 kHz 55 MHz 1240 MHz 1 MHz 1240 MHz 1800 MHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 900 MHz 1.
PAGE 388
57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level.
PAGE 389
57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Figure 2-82. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs Test Setup, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Procedure It is only necessary to perform step 1 if more than 2 hours have elapsed since a front-panel calibration of the microwave spectrum analyzer has been performed. The microwave spectrum analyzer should be allowed to warm up for at least 30 minutes before proceeding. 1.
PAGE 390
57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 2. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-82. 3. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 Band Lock 0-2.9 Gz BAND 0 The HP 8594EM does not need to be band locked.
PAGE 391
57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Measuring Fundamental Amplitudes 5. Set the EMC analyzer center frequency to the Fundamental Frequency listed in Table 2-74. 6.
PAGE 392
57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Measuring Non-Harmonic Responses 11. On the EMC analyzer, set the center frequency to 9 kHz. 12. Set the microwave spectrum analyzer START FREQ, STOP FREQ, and RES BW as indicated in the rst row of Table 2-75. 13. Press SINGLE on the microwave spectrum analyzer and wait for the sweep to nish. Press PEAK SEARCH. If the marker frequency is greater than 2.
PAGE 393
57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 15. Verify that the marked signal is a true response and not a random noise peak by pressing SINGLE to trigger a new sweep and press PEAK SEARCH. A true response will remain at the same frequency and amplitude on successive sweeps but a noise peak will not. If the marked signal is not the fundamental or a harmonic of the fundamental (see step 14) and is a true response (see step 15), proceed with step 17. 16.
PAGE 394
57. Non-Harmonic Spurious Outputs, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 or equal to 2000 MHz. Record this amplitude as the Highest Non-Harmonic Response Amplitude 2000 MHz as TR Entry 1 of the performance veri cation test record. 23. Locate in Table 2-75 the most-positive Non-Harmonic Response Amplitude for the microwave spectrum analyzer START frequency settings of greater than or equal to 2000 MHz.
PAGE 395
58. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8591EM Option 010 58. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8591EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. The tracking generator output is terminated and set for 0 dBm output power (maximum output power). The EMC analyzer input is also terminated.
PAGE 396
58. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8591EM Option 010 Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-83. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 1 4MHz5 4MKR5 4AUX/USER5 Track Gen SRC PWR ON OFF (ON) 102 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3.
PAGE 397
58. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8591EM Option 010 6. Press 4SGL SWP5, wait for the completion of a new sweep, then press 4MKR !5 MKR ! HIGH . Subtract the MKR amplitude reading from 87 dB V, then enter the result in the EMC analyzer as the REF LVL OFFSET. For example, if the marker reads 86.79 dB V, enter +0.21 dB. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 87 dB V 0 (86.79 dB V) = +0.
PAGE 398
58. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8591EM Option 010 12. Press 4AUX/USER5, Track Gen , SRC PWR ON OFF (ON), and enter 107 4dB V5. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 13. Press 4SGL SWP5, then wait for completion of a new sweep. Press 4DISPLAY5, DSP LINE ON OFF (ON). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 14. Adjust the display line so that it is centered on the average trace noise, ignoring any residual responses.
PAGE 399
59. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8594EM Option 010 59. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8594EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. The tracking generator output is terminated and set for 108 dB V output power (maximum output power). The EMC analyzer input is also terminated.
PAGE 400
59. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8594EM Option 010 Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-84. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 300 4MHz5 4SPAN5 0 4Hz5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4kHz5 4MKR5 4AUX/USER5 Track Gen SRC PWR ON OFF (ON) 102 4dB V5 3. On the EMC analyzer, press TRACKING PEAK .
PAGE 401
59. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8594EM Option 010 87 dB V 0 (86.79 dB V) = +0.21 dB Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 REF LVL OFFSET (enter calculated value) 7. Connect one 50 termination to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 and another to the tracking generator RF OUT 50 . 8. Press 4AUX/USER5, Track Gen , then SRC PWR ON OFF (OFF).
PAGE 402
59. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8594EM Option 010 11. Press 4FREQUENCY5 and adjust the center frequency until the LO feedthrough peak is on the left-most graticule line, then set the EMC analyzer as follows: 4SPAN5 50 4kHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 57 4dB V5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) 12. Press 4AUX/USER5, Track Gen , SRC PWR ON OFF (ON), then enter 106 4dB V5. 13.
PAGE 403
59. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8594EM Option 010 Table 2-77.
PAGE 404
60. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer input and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level. The tracking generator output is terminated and set for 106 dB V output power (maximum output power). The EMC analyzer input is also terminated.
PAGE 405
60. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 Procedure 1. Connect the Type N cable between the RF OUT 50 and INPUT 50 connectors on the EMC analyzer. See Figure 2-85. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer, then wait for the preset routine to nish. Set the EMC analyzer by pressing the following keys: 4FREQUENCY5 Band Lock 0-2.
PAGE 406
60. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 87 dB V 0 (86.79 dB V) = +0.21 dB Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4AMPLITUDE5 More 1 of 3 More 2 of 3 REF LVL OFFSET (enter calculated value) 7. Connect one 50 termination to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 and another to the tracking generator RF OUT 50 . 8. Press 4AUX/USER5, Track Gen , then SRC PWR ON OFF (OFF).
PAGE 407
60. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 11. Press 4FREQUENCY5 and adjust the center frequency until the LO feedthrough peak is on the left-most graticule line, then set the EMC analyzer as follows: 4SPAN5 50 4kHz5 4AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 57 4dB V5 4BW5 IF BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 1 4kHz5 AVG BW AUTO MAN (MAN) 30 4Hz5 4TRACE5 More 1 of 4 More 2 of 4 DETECTOR SMP PK (SMP) 12. Press 4AUX/USER5, Track Gen , SRC PWR ON OFF (ON), then enter 106 4dB V5. 13.
PAGE 408
60. Tracking Generator Feedthrough, HP 8593EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM Option 010 Table 2-78.
PAGE 409
61. Tracking Generator LO Feedthrough Amplitude, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 61. Tracking Generator LO Feedthrough Amplitude, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 This performance veri cation test must be performed with the EMC analyzer set in the spectrum analyzer mode. The tracking generator output is connected to the EMC analyzer INPUT 50 and the tracking is adjusted at 300 MHz for a maximum signal level.
PAGE 410
61. Tracking Generator LO Feedthrough Amplitude, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Procedure It is only necessary to perform step 1 if more than 2 hours have elapsed since a front-panel calibration of the microwave spectrum analyzer has been performed. The microwave spectrum analyzer should be allowed to warm up for at least 30 minutes before proceeding. 1.
PAGE 411
61. Tracking Generator LO Feedthrough Amplitude, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 SRC PWR ON OFF (ON) 01 4dBm5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN FREQUENCY5 9 4kHz5 SGL SWP5 Connect the Type N cable from the tracking generator output to the microwave spectrum analyzer RF INPUT. See Figure 2-86. Set the microwave spectrum analyzer controls as follows: CENTER FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3.
PAGE 412
61. Tracking Generator LO Feedthrough Amplitude, HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM Option 010 Table 2-79. LO Feedthrough Amplitude EMC Analyzer Microwave Spectrum Analyzer LO Feedthrough Center Frequency Center Frequency Amplitude (dBm) 9 kHz 3.9214 GHz 70 MHz 3.9914 GHz 150 MHz 4.0714 GHz 1.5 GHz 5.4214 GHz 2.9 GHz 6.
PAGE 413
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series 62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series This is the only performance veri cation test that is performed with the EMC analyzer set in the EMC analyzer mode. This CISPR pulse response measurement is made using a pulsed RF input signal rather than a pulse signal because the equipment is readily available, easily calibrated, and exible in use.
PAGE 414
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series Figure 2-87. Input Amplitude Calibration Test Setup Procedure Input Amplitude Calibration 1. Zero and calibrate the power meter and the 100 kHz to 1800 MHz power sensor. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-87. 3. Press 4RECALL5 0 on the pulse generator to preset the pulse generator.
PAGE 415
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series FREQUENCY : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 50 MHz AMPLITUDE : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 03 dBm 6. Set the power meter to the following settings: MODE : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : dBm CAL FACTOR : : : : : : : : : : : power sensor Ref Cal Factor for 50 MHz 7.
PAGE 416
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series Isolation Check Figure 2-88. Isolation Check Test Setup 11. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-88. 12. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4MODE5 EMC ANALYZER 4PRESET5 (Wait for the preset routine to nish.
PAGE 417
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series 13. Press 4RECALL5 1 on the pulse generator. Set the pulse generator to the following settings to bias the modulator o . (Use the 4CHS5 key to change signs of the entered value on the pulse generator.) HIL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 01.5 V LOL : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 01.7 V 14.
PAGE 418
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series 200 Hz Pulse RF Signal Setup 20. Press 4RECALL5 1 on the pulse generator. Set the pulse generator to the following conditions. (Use the 4CHS5 key to change the sign of the value entered on the pulse generator.) PER : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 40 ms WID : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0.
PAGE 419
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series AMPLITUDE5 REF LVL 67 4dB V5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4 27. Set the PERIOD to 10 ms on the pulse generator. 28. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: 4SGL SWP5 ! NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN MARKER HIGH 29. Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2-82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band A, 100 Hz Repetition Frequency. 30. Set the PERIOD to 16.7 ms on the pulse generator. 31.
PAGE 420
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series DET5 QP/AVG 10X OFF (10X) 4SGL SWP5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 41. Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2-82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band A, 2 Hz Repetition Frequency. 42. Set the PERIOD to 980 ms on the pulse generator. 43.
PAGE 421
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series CW Measurement for 9 kHz EMI Bandwidth 50. 51. 52. 53. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer. Wait for the preset routine to nish. Press 4RECALL5 1 on the pulse generator. Press 4RECALL5 2 on the synthesizer/level generator. Press the following keys on the EMC analyzer: 4SAVE/RECALL5 Recall Internal INTERNAL ! STATE 1 4MKR5 MARKER NORMAL 4SPAN5 20 4kHz5 4BW5 9 kHz EMI BW 4DET5 QP ON OFF (ON) Note that this routine takes approximately 1 minute to execute.
PAGE 422
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series 57. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWP TIME AUTO MAN (MAN) 2 4SEC5 4DET5 QP ON OFF (ON) Note that this routine will take approximately 1 minute to execute. 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 58.
PAGE 423
67. 68. 69. 70. 62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2-82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band B, 20 Hz Repetition Frequency. Set the PERIOD to 100 ms on the pulse generator. On the EMC analyzer, press 4SGL SWP5, MARKER ! HIGH . Record the marker amplitude reading in Table 2-82 as the Measured Relative Equivalent Level of Pulse for Band B, 10 Hz Repetition Frequency. Set the PERIOD to 500 ms on the pulse generator.
PAGE 424
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series CW Measurement for 120 kHz EMI Bandwidth 74. 75. 76. 77. Press 4PRESET5 on the EMC analyzer. Wait for the preset routine to nish. Press 4RECALL5 1 on the pulse generator. Press 4RECALL5 2 on the synthesizer/level generator. Press 4SAVE/RECALL5 Recall Internal INTERNAL -> STATE 1 on the EMC analyzer. 78.
PAGE 425
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series 82. Press the following EMC analyzer keys: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN SPAN5 ZERO SPAN 4SWEEP/TRIG5 SWP TIME AUTO MAN (MAN) 2 4SEC5 4DET5 QP ON OFF (ON) Note that this routine will take approximately 1 minute to execute. 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH 4 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 83.
PAGE 426
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series 92. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4DET5 QP ON OFF (ON) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 93. Set the PERIOD to 50 ms on the pulse generator. 94. On the EMC analyzer, press the following keys: 4DET5 QP/AVG 10X OFF (10X) 4SGL SWP5 4MKR !5 MARKER ! HIGH NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 95.
PAGE 427
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series 101. Enter the Measured value for the Band B 100 Hz Repetition Frequency as the Reference value for all the Repetition Frequencies listed for Band B. 102. Enter the Measured value for the Bands C and D 100 Hz Repetition Frequency as the Reference value for all the Repetition Frequencies listed for Bands C and D. 103. Calculate the error for each of the EMI bandwidths listed in Table 2-81 and record in the Error column.
PAGE 428
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series Table 2-82.
PAGE 429
62. CISPR Pulse Response, HP 8590 EM-Series Table 2-83.
PAGE 430
PAGE 431
3 Performance Test Records Performance Test Records 3-1
PAGE 432
3-2 Performance Test Records
PAGE 433
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8591EM are included in this test record, therefore not all test numbers are included.
PAGE 434
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record Table 3-42. HP 8591EM Performance Test Record Hewlett-Packard Company Address: Report No. Date (For example: 10 MAY 1995) Model HP 8591EM Serial No.
PAGE 435
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 2 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Settability 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy for Option 004 5 Minute Warmup Error 30 Minute Warmup Error 4.
PAGE 436
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 3 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 10. Residual FM (1) (2) Narrow IF Bandwidth 12. Sweep Time Accuracy SWEEP TIME 20 ms 100 ms 1s 10 s 13. Scale Fidelity Results Measured (TR Entry) 15.4 ms 77.0 ms 770.0 ms 7.7 s Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 0 (Ref) 04 04.34 dB 08 08.38 dB 022 012.42 dB 016 016.46 dB 020 020.50 dB 024 024.54 dB 028 028.58 dB 032 032.62 dB 036 036.
PAGE 437
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 4 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 022 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty Incremental Error 0 (Ref) 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.
PAGE 438
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 5 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 022 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Linear Mode % of Ref Level 100.00 70.70 50.00 35.48 25.00 Incremental Error 0 (Ref) 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.
PAGE 439
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 6 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description 14. Reference Level Accuracy Log Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 Report No. Date Min. 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.00 dB 01.10 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.00 dB 01.10 dB 01.20 dB 01.
PAGE 440
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 7 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 14. Reference Level Accuracy (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.20 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB 01.40 dB 16.
PAGE 441
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 8 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description 17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy 3 dB Bandwidth 3 MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth 9 kHz 120 kHz 1 MHz Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 2.4 MHz 240 kHz 80 kHz 24 kHz 8 kHz 2.4 kHz 0.8 kHz (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 3.6 MHz 360 kHz 120 kHz 36 kHz 12 kHz 3.6 kHz 1.
PAGE 442
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 9 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 34. Gain Compression Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty (1) (2) 0.5 dB 0.5 dB +0.21/00.22 dB +0.21/00.22 dB 39. Displayed Average Noise Level Frequency 400 kHz 1 MHz 1 MHz to 1.5 GHz 1.5 GHz to 1.8 GHz (1) (2) (3) (4) 023 dB V 023 dB V 023 dB V 021 dB V +1.15/01.25 dB +1.15/01.25 dB +1.15/01.25 dB +1.
PAGE 443
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 10 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty (1) (2) (3) +1.75 dB +1.75 dB +1.75 dB +0.42/00.45 dB +0.28/00.28 dB +0.24/00.24 dB 52. Tracking Generator Level Flatness Option 010 only: Maximum Flatness 100 kHz 300 kHz to 5 MHz 10 MHz to 1800 MHz Minimum Flatness 100 kHz 300 kHz to 5 MHz 10 MHz to 1800 MHz 01.
PAGE 444
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record HP 8591EM Performance Test Record (page 11 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8591EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 62. CISPR Pulse Response Measured Amplitude 200 Hz EMI BW 01.5 dB 9 kHz EMI BW 01.5 dB 120 kHz EMI BW 01.5 dB Relative Level, 200 Hz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 100 3.0 dB 60 2.0 dB 25 0 (Ref) 10 03.0 dB 5 06.0 dB 2 011.0 dB 1 015.0 dB Isolated Pulse 017.
PAGE 445
HP 8591EM Performance Test Record Performance Test Records 3-15
PAGE 446
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8593EM are included in this test record, therefore not all test numbers are included.
PAGE 447
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record Table 3-43. HP 8593EM Performance Test Record Hewlett-Packard Company Address: Report No. Date (For example: 10 MAY 1995) Model HP 8593EM Serial No.
PAGE 448
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 2 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) 0150 Hz Frequency Error (1) 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Settability 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy for Option 004 5 Minute Warmup Error 30 Minute Warmup Error Measurement Uncertainty +150 Hz 64.2 2 1009 +1 2 1007 +1 2 1008 62.004 2 1009 62.002 2 1009 100.
PAGE 449
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 3 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy (continued) Frequency = 21.0 GHz SPAN 20 MHz 10 MHz 1 MHz Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 20.99918 20.99958 20.9999680 (13) (14) (15) 21.00082 21.00042 21.000032 64.0 Hz 64.0 Hz 64.0 Hz 1.49999924 (16) 1.50000076 61.0 Hz 1.4999989 1.
PAGE 450
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 4 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 6. Noise Sidebands Suppression at 10 kHz Suppression at 20 kHz Suppression at 30 kHz 7. System Related Sidebands Sideband Below Signal Sideband Above Signal (1) (2) (3) 65 dBc 65 dBc 9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy SPAN 1800 MHz 10.10 MHz 10.00 MHz 100.00 kHz 99.00 kHz 10.00 kHz Results Measured (TR Entry) Max.
PAGE 451
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 5 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 13. Scale Fidelity Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 022 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 064 068 Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 022 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty Cumulative Error 0 (Ref) 04.34 dB 08.38 dB 012.42 dB 016.46 dB 020.
PAGE 452
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 6 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 022 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 064 068 Cumulative Error 0 (Ref) 04.44 dB 08.48 dB 012.52 dB 016.56 dB 020.60 dB 024.64 dB 028.68 dB 032.72 dB 036.76 dB 040.80 dB 044.
PAGE 453
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 7 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Linear Mode % of Ref Level 100.00 70.70 50.00 35.48 25.00 Report No. Date Min. 0 (Ref) 151.59 mV 105.36 mV 72.63 mV 49.46 mV Results Measured (TR Entry) (65) (66) (67) (68) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 165.01 mV 118.78 mV 86.05 mV 82.88 mV 61.84 mV 61.84 mV 61.84 mV 61.84 mV 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 165.
PAGE 454
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 8 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 15. Reference Level Accuracy (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 77 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.20 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB 01.
PAGE 455
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 9 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description 16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties (continued) 120 kHz 300 kHz 1 MHz 3 MHz Report No. Date Min. 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB Results Measured (TR Entry) (7) (8) (9) (10) Max. Measurement Uncertainty +0.4 dB +0.4 dB +0.4 dB +0.4 dB +0.07/00.08 dB +0.07/00.08 dB +0.07/00.08 dB +0.07/00.
PAGE 456
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 10 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description 20.
PAGE 457
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 11 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description 35. Gain Compression Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty (1) (2) (3) 0.5 dB 0.5 dB 0.5 dB +0.21/00.22 dB +0.21/00.22 dB +0.21/00.22 dB (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 020 dB V 020 dB V 020 dB V 022 dB V 010 dB V 06 dB V 0 dB V +1.15/01.25 dB +1.15/01.25 dB +1.15/01.25 dB +1.15/01.25 dB +1.15/01.25 dB +1.15/01.
PAGE 458
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 12 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 51. Power Sweep Range Option 010 only: Start Power Level Stop Power Level Power Sweep Range 9.0 dB (1) (2) (3) 60.03 dB 53.
PAGE 459
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record HP 8593EM Performance Test Record (page 13 of 13) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8593EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 62.
PAGE 460
HP 8593EM Performance Test Record 3-30 Performance Test Records
PAGE 461
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8594EM are included in this test record, therefore not all test numbers are included.
PAGE 462
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record Table 3-44. HP 8594EM Performance Test Record Hewlett-Packard Company Address: Report No. Date (For example: 10 MAY 1995) Model HP 8594EM Serial No.
PAGE 463
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 2 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) 0150 Hz Frequency Error (1) 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Settability 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Accuracy Output for Option 004 5 Minute Warmup Error 30 Minute Warmup Error 4. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency = 1.
PAGE 464
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 3 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description 9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy SPAN 1800 MHz 10.10 MHz 10.00 MHz 100.00 kHz 99.00 kHz 10.00 kHz Report No. Date Min. 1446.00 MHz 7.70 MHz 7.80 MHz 78.00 kHz 78.00 kHz 7.80 kHz Results Measured (TR Entry) MKR1 Reading (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Max. 1554.00 MHz 8.30 MHz 8.20 MHz 82.00 kHz 82.00 kHz 8.20 kHz 66.37 MHz 635.4 kHz 635.
PAGE 465
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 4 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty Incremental Error 0 (Ref) 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.
PAGE 466
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 5 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Linear Mode % of Ref Level 100.00 70.70 50.00 35.48 25.00 Incremental Error 0 (Ref) 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.
PAGE 467
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 6 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description 15. Reference Level Accuracy Log Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 Report No. Date Min. 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.00 dB 01.10 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.00 dB 01.10 dB 01.20 dB 01.
PAGE 468
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 7 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 15. Reference Level Accuracy (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.20 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB 01.40 dB 16.
PAGE 469
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 8 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description 17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy 3 dB Bandwidth 3 MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth 9 kHz 120 kHz 1 MHz Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 2.4 MHz 240 kHz 80 kHz 24 kHz 8 kHz 2.4 kHz 0.8 kHz (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 3.6 MHz 360 kHz 120 kHz 36 kHz 12 kHz 3.6 kHz 1.
PAGE 470
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 9 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description 36. Gain Compression Report No. Date Min. <2.9 GHz Results Measured (TR Entry) (1) (2) Narrow IF Bandwidth Max. 0.5 dB 0.5 dB Measurement Uncertainty +0.21/00.22 dB +0.21/00.22 dB 41. Displayed Average Noise Level Frequency 400 kHz 4 MHz 5 MHz to 2.9 GHz (1) (2) (3) 45. Residual Responses 150 kHz to 2.9 GHz (1) 17 dB V +1.09/01.15 dB 0.
PAGE 471
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 10 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness Option 010 only: Maximum Flatness 9 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 2900 MHz Minimum Flatness 9 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 2900 MHz (1) (2) +2.0 dB +2.0 dB +0.42/00.45 dB +0.42/00.45 dB 02.0 dB 02.0 dB (3) (4) +0.42/00.45 dB +0.42/00.
PAGE 472
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record HP 8594EM Performance Test Record (page 11 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8594EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 62. CISPR Pulse Response Measured Amplitude 200 Hz EMI BW 01.5 dB 9 kHz EMI BW 01.5 dB 120 kHz EMI BW 01.5 dB Relative Level, 200 Hz EMI BW Repetition Frequency 100 3.0 dB 60 2.0 dB 25 0 (Ref) 10 03.0 dB 5 06.0 dB 2 011.0 dB 1 015.0 dB Isolated Pulse 017.
PAGE 473
HP 8594EM Performance Test Record Performance Test Records 3-43
PAGE 474
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8595EM are included in this test record, therefore not all test numbers are included.
PAGE 475
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record Table 3-45. HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record Hewlett-Packard Company Address: Report No. Date (For example: 10 MAY 1995) Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Options Firmware Revision Tested by Customer Ambient temperature C Power mains line frequency Test Equipment Used: Description Frequency Counter Frequency Standard Low Pass Filter, 50 MHz Low Pass Filter, 300 MHz Low Pass Filter, 4.
PAGE 476
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 2 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) 0150 Hz Frequency Error (1) 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Settability 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy for Option 004 5 Minute Warmup Error 30 Minute Warmup Error 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency = 1.
PAGE 477
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 3 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description 9. Frequency Span Readout Accuracy SPAN 1800 MHz 10.10 MHz 10.00 MHz 100.00 kHz 99.00 kHz 10.00 kHz Report No. Date Min. 1446.00 MHz 7.70 MHz 7.80 MHz 78.00 kHz 78.00 kHz 7.80 kHz Results Measured (TR Entry) MKR1 Reading (6-1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Max. 1554.00 MHz 8.30 MHz 8.20 MHz 82.00 kHz 82.00 kHz 8.20 kHz 66.37 MHz 635.4 kHz 635.
PAGE 478
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 4 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty Incremental Error 0 (Ref) 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.
PAGE 479
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 5 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Linear Mode % of Ref Level 100.00 70.70 50.00 35.48 25.00 Incremental Error 0 (Ref) 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.4 dB 00.
PAGE 480
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 6 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) 15. Reference Level Accuracy Log Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.00 dB 01.10 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.
PAGE 481
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 7 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 15. Reference Level Accuracy (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.20 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB 01.40 dB 16.
PAGE 482
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 8 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description 17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy 3 dB Bandwidth 3 MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth 9 kHz 120 kHz 1 MHz Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 2.4 MHz 240 kHz 80 kHz 24 kHz 8 kHz 2.4 kHz 0.8 kHz (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 3.6 MHz 360 kHz 120 kHz 36 kHz 12 kHz 3.
PAGE 483
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 9 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 32. Spurious Response Second Harmonic Distortion Applied Frequency 40 MHz 2.8 GHz Third Order Intermodulation Distortion Frequency 2.8 GHz 4.0 GHz 37. Gain Compression Results Measured (TR Entry) (1) (3) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 050 dBc +1.86/02.27 dB (2) +2.24/02.72 dB (Step 23c) (4) (5) <2.9 GHz >2.
PAGE 484
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 10 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 51. Power Sweep Range Option 010 only: Start Power Level Stop Power Level Power Sweep Range 9.0 dB (1) (2) (3) 60.03 dB 53.
PAGE 485
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record HP 8595EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 11 of 11) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8595EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 62.
PAGE 486
HP 8595EM Performance Test Record 3-56 Performance Test Records
PAGE 487
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Test Record Only the tests for HP 8596EM are included in this test record, therefore not all test numbers are included.
PAGE 488
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record Table 3-46. HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record Hewlett-Packard Company Address: Report No. Date (For example: 10 MAY 1995) Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Options Firmware Revision Tested by Customer Ambient temperature C Power mains line frequency Test Equipment Used: Description Frequency Counter Frequency Standard Low Pass Filter, 50 MHz Low Pass Filter, 300 MHz Low Pass Filter, 4.
PAGE 489
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 2 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) 0150 Hz Frequency Error (1) 1. 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Settability 2. 10 MHz Precision Frequency Reference Output Accuracy for Option 004 5 Minute Warmup Error 30 Minute Warmup Error 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency = 1.
PAGE 490
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 3 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 5. Frequency Readout and Marker Count Accuracy (continued) Frequency = 9.0 GHz SPAN (CNT RES = 100 Hz) 20 MHz (CNT RES = 10 Hz) 1 MHz Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. 8.9999989 8.99999989 (21) (22) 9.0000011 9.00000011 62 Hz 62 Hz 1.49999989 1.49999989 (27) (28) 1.50000011 1.50000011 61.0 Hz 61.
PAGE 491
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 4 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 13. Scale Fidelity Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 064 068 Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty Cumulative Error 0 (Ref) 04.34 dB 08.38 dB 012.42 dB 016.
PAGE 492
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 5 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth Log Mode dB from Ref Level 0 04 08 012 016 020 024 028 032 036 040 044 048 052 056 060 064 068 Cumulative Error 0 (Ref) 04.44 dB 08.48 dB 012.52 dB 016.56 dB 020.60 dB 024.64 dB 028.68 dB 032.72 dB 036.76 dB 040.
PAGE 493
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 6 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description 13. Scale Fidelity (continued) Linear Mode % of Ref Level 100.00 70.70 50.00 35.48 25.00 Report No. Date Min. 0 (Ref) 151.59 mV 105.36 mV 72.63 mV 49.46 mV Results Measured (TR Entry) (65) (66) (67) (68) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) 165.01 mV 118.78 mV 86.05 mV 82.88 mV 61.84 mV 61.84 mV 61.84 mV 61.
PAGE 494
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 7 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description 15. Reference Level Accuracy (continued) Linear Mode Reference Level (dB V) 87 97 107 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 Report No. Date Min. 0 (Ref) 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.40 dB 00.50 dB 00.80 dB 01.00 dB 01.10 dB 01.20 dB 01.30 dB Results Measured (TR Entry) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 0 (Ref) 0 (Ref) +0.
PAGE 495
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 8 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. 16. Absolute Amplitude Calibration and Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainties Absolute Amplitude +86.85 dB V Uncertainty Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty Resolution (IF) Bandwidth 3 kHz 0 (Ref) 1 kHz 00.5 dB 9 kHz 00.4 dB 10 kHz 00.4 dB 30 kHz 00.4 dB 100 kHz 00.4 dB 120 kHz 00.4 dB 300 kHz 00.
PAGE 496
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 9 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 17. Resolution (IF) Bandwidth Accuracy (continued) Narrow IF Bandwidth 3 dB Bandwidth 300 Hz 100 Hz 30 Hz 6 dB EMI Bandwidth 200 Hz 18. Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 23. Frequency Response Band 0 Max. Positive Response Max.
PAGE 497
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 10 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description 38. Gain Compression Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty (1) (2) (3) 0.5 dB 0.5 dB 0.5 dB +0.21/00.22 dB +0.21/00.22 dB +0.21/00.22 dB 43. Displayed Average Noise Frequency 400 kHz 1 MHz 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz 2.75 to 6.5 GHz 6.0 to 12.
PAGE 498
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 11 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 53. Tracking Generator Level Flatness Option 010 only: Maximum Flatness 9 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 2900 MHz Minimum Flatness 9 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 2900 MHz (1) (2) +2.0 dB +2.0 dB +0.42/00.45 dB +0.42/00.45 dB 02.0 dB 02.0 dB (3) (4) +0.42/00.
PAGE 499
HP 8596EM Performance Test Record HP 8596EM Performance Veri cation Test Record (page 12 of 12) Hewlett-Packard Company Model HP 8596EM Serial No. Test Description Report No. Date Min. Results Measured (TR Entry) Max. Measurement Uncertainty 62.
PAGE 500
PAGE 501
HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics 4 This chapter contains speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8591EM EMC analyzer. The speci cations and characteristics in this chapter are listed separately. The speci cations are described rst, followed by the characteristics. General speci cations and characteristics. General Frequency-related speci cations and characteristics. Frequency Amplitude-related speci cations and characteristics. Amplitude Option-related speci cations and characteristics.
PAGE 502
General Speci cations Temperature Range Operating Storage 0 C to +55 C 040 C to +75 C EMI Compatibility Conducted and radiated emission is in compliance with CISPR Pub. 11/1990 Group 1 Class A. Audible Noise <37.5 dBA pressure and <5.
PAGE 503
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Speci cations Frequency Range 9 kHz to 1.8 GHz Frequency Reference Aging Settability Temperature Stability 62 2 1006 /year 60.
PAGE 504
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Span Range 0 Hz (zero span), 1 kHz to 1.8 GHz Resolution Four digits or 20 Hz, whichever is greater. Accuracy Span 10 MHz 62% of span* Span > 10 MHz 63% of span * For spans < 10 kHz, add an additional 10 Hz resolution error.
PAGE 505
Frequency Speci cations Stability Noise Sidebands >10 kHz o set from CW signal >20 kHz o set from CW signal >30 kHz o set from CW signal Residual FM 1 kHz IF BW, 1 kHz Avg BW 30 Hz IF BW, 30 Hz Avg BW System-Related Sidebands >30 kHz o set from CW signal (1 kHz IF BW, 30 Hz AVG BW and sample detector) 090 dBc/Hz 0100 dBc/Hz 0105 dBc/Hz 250 Hz pk-pk in 100 ms 30 Hz pk-pk in 300 ms 065 dBc Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6(freq. ref.
PAGE 506
Amplitude Speci cations Amplitude speci cations do not apply for Analog+ mode and negative peak detector mode except as noted in \Amplitude Characteristics.
PAGE 507
Amplitude Speci cations Relative Quasi-Peak Response to a CISPR Pulse (dB) (All except Option 703) Frequency Band Pulse Repetition 120 kHz EMI BW 9 kHz EMI BW 200 Hz EMI BW Frequency (Hz) 0.03 to 1 GHz 0.15 to 30 MHz 10 to 150 kHz 1000 +8.0 6 1.0 +4.5 6 1.0 | 100 0 dB (reference)* 0 dB (reference)* +4.0 6 1.0 60 | | +3.0 6 1.0 25 | | 0 dB (reference)* 20 09.0 6 1.0 06.5 6 1.0 | 10 014.0 6 1.5 010.0 6 1.5 04.0 6 1.0 5 | | 07.5 6 1.5 013.0 6 2.0 020.5 6 2.0 2 026.0 6 2.0 017.0 6 2.0 022.5 6 2.0 1 028.5 6 2.
PAGE 508
Amplitude Speci cations Spurious Responses Second Harmonic Distortion 5 MHz to 1.8 GHz <070 dBc for +62 dB V tone at input mixer.* Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 5 MHz to 1.8 GHz Other Input Related Spurious <070 dBc for two +77 dB V tones at input mixer* and >50 kHz separation. <065 dBc at 30 kHz o set, for +87 dB V tone at input mixer 1.8 GHz. * Mixer Power Level (dB V) = Input Power (dB V) 0 Input Attenuation (dB).
PAGE 509
Amplitude Speci cations Reference Level Range Log Scale Linear Scale Resolution Log Scale Linear Scale Accuracy 107 dB V to +47.1 dB V +47 dB V and below 1 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW * See \Amplitude Range." Frequency Response 9 kHz to 1.8 GHz * Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT. Minimum amplitude to maximum amplitude* +8 dB V to maximum amplitude* 60.01 dB 60.12% of reference level (referenced to +87 dB V reference level, 10 dB input attenuation, at a single frequency, in a xed IF BW) 6(0.
PAGE 510
Amplitude Speci cations Input Attenuator Range 0 to 60 dB, in 10 dB steps IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 1 kHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW (At reference level, referenced to 3 kHz IF BW) 60.4 dB 60.5 dB 60.6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60.25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW IF BW 1 kHz 6 (0.3 dB + 0.01 2 dB from reference level) 6 (0.4 dB + 0.
PAGE 511
Option Speci cations Option Speci cations Tracking Generator Speci cations (Option 010) All speci cations apply over 0 C to +55 C. The EMC-analyzer/trackinggenerator combination will meet its speci cations after 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range, 30 minutes after the EMC-analyzer/tracking-generator is turned on and after CAL FREQ, CAL AMPTD, CAL TRK GEN, and TRACKING PEAK have been run. Warm-Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1.
PAGE 512
Option Speci cations Output Flatness (referenced to 300 MHz, 10 dB attenuator) 61.75 dB Spurious Outputs Harmonic Spurs Nonharmonic Spurs (+107 dB V output, 100 kHz to 1.
PAGE 513
Frequency Characteristics Frequency Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Frequency Reference Initial Achievable Accuracy Aging 60.5 2 1006 61.0 2 1007 /day Precision Frequency Reference (Option 004) Aging Warm-Up Initial Achievable Accuracy Stability Drift* (after warmup at stabilized temperature) Frequency Span 10 MHz, Free Run 5 2 10010 /day, 7-day average after being powered on for 7 days.
PAGE 514
Frequency Characteristics Averaging Bandwidth (03 dB) Range Shape 1 Hz to 1 MHz, selectable in 1, 3, 10 increments, accuracy 630% and 3 MHz. Averaging bandwidths may be selected manually, or coupled to IF bandwidth and frequency span. Post detection, single pole low-pass lter used to average displayed noise. Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti-aliasing ltering. FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP Noise Equivalent Bandwidth* 3.632 3 dB Bandwidth* 3.
PAGE 515
Amplitude Characteristics Amplitude Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Log Scale Switching Uncertainty Demod Tune Listen (All except Option 703) Negligible error Internal speaker, rear panel earphone jack and front-panel volume control. Adjustable squelch control mutes the audio signal to the speaker/earphone jack based on the level of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz.
PAGE 516
Amplitude Characteristics Measurement Detector Types Positive Peak, Quasi-Peak, and Average Quasi-Peak and Average time constants conform with CISPR Pub. 16. (Option 101 and Option 301) (Option 703) IF Overload Detector Negative Peak Delete Quasi-Peak and Average Available in EMC analyzer mode only. Detects overload of the analyzer video circuitry. Input Attenuation Uncertainty* Attenuator Setting 0 dB 60.5 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60.5 dB 30 dB 60.6 dB 40 dB 60.8 dB 50 dB 61.0 dB 60 dB 61.
PAGE 517
Amplitude Characteristics DYNAMIC RANGE Immunity Testing Radiated Immunity When tested at 3 V/m according to IEC 801-3/1984 the displayed average noise level will be within speci cations over the full immunity test frequency range of 27 to 500 MHz except that at immunity test frequencies of 278.6 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth and 321.4 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth the displayed average noise level may be up to +62 dB V.
PAGE 518
Amplitude Characteristics Analog+ Mode and Negative Peak Detector Mode (Options 101 and 301) These modes do not utilize the full set of internal amplitude corrections. Therefore, in these modes, some analyzer amplitude speci cations are reduced to characteristics. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance.
PAGE 519
Option Characteristics Option Characteristics TV Trigger Characteristics (Options 101, 102, and 301) TV Trigger Carrier Level for Trigger Compatible Formats Field Selection Trigger Polarity Line Selection Triggers sweep of the analyzer after the sync pulse of a selected line of a TV video eld.
PAGE 520
Option Characteristics Output VSWR 0 dB Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator <2.5:1 <1.6:1 Dynamic Range (di erence between maximum power out and tracking generator feedthrough) 100 kHz to 1.8 GHz >106 dB TRACKING GENERATOR OUTPUT ACCURACY, Option 010 (after CAL TRK GEN in auto-coupled mode) Attenuator Relative Absolute Relative Setting Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy (at 300 MHz (at 300 MHz) (referred to referred to +87 dB V) +87 dB V) (+0.2 dB/GHz)* 0 dB 61.25 dB 62.25 dB 62.
PAGE 521
Physical Characteristics Physical Characteristics Front-Panel Inputs and Outputs INPUT 50 Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal RF OUT (Option 010) Connector Impedance Maximum Safe Reverse Level Type N female 50 nominal +127 dB V (0.1 W), 25 Vdc PROBE POWER* Voltage/Current +15 Vdc, 67% at 150 mA max. 012.6 Vdc 610% at 150 mA max. * Total current drawn from the +15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA. Total current drawn from the 012.
PAGE 522
Physical Characteristics EXT REF IN Connector Input Amplitude Range Frequency BNC female Note: Analyzer noise sideband and spurious response performance may be a ected by the quality of the external reference used. +105 to +117 dB V 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency Amplitude Range Impedance 21.
PAGE 523
Physical Characteristics HI-SWEEP IN/OUT Connector Output Input MONITOR OUTPUT (EMC Analyzer Display) Connector Format SYNC NRM BNC female High = sweep, Low = retrace (TTL) Open collector, low stops sweep. BNC female Internal Monitor SYNC NTSC NTSC Compatible 15.75 kHz horizontal rate 60 Hz vertical rate SYNC PAL PAL Compatible 15.
PAGE 524
Physical Characteristics AUX INTERFACE Connector Type: 9 Pin Subminiature \D" Connector Pinout Pin # Function Current 1 Control A | \Logic" Mode \Serial Bit" Mode TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 2 Control B | TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 3 Control C | TTL Output Hi/Lo Strobe 4 Control D | TTL Output Hi/Lo Serial Data 5 Control I | TTL Input Hi/Lo TTL Input Hi/Lo 6 Gnd | Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67% 150 mA | | 8* +5 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | 9y +15 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | * Exceeding
PAGE 525
Physical Characteristics A = 8 in (200 mm) B = 7.25 in (184 mm) C = 14.69 in (373 mm) D = 13.25 in (337 mm) E = 18.12 in (460.
PAGE 526
Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8591EM EMC analyzer.
PAGE 527
Regulatory Information HP 8591EM Speci cations and Characteristics 4-27
PAGE 528
Regulatory Information Notice for Germany: Noise Declaration LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz (operator position) normaler Betrieb (normal position) nach DIN 45635 T.
PAGE 529
HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics 5 This chapter contains speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8593EM EMC analyzer. The speci cations and characteristics in this chapter are listed separately. The speci cations are described rst, then followed by the characteristics. General speci cations and characteristics. General Frequency-related speci cations and characteristics. Frequency Amplitude-related speci cations and characteristics.
PAGE 530
General Speci cations Temperature Range Operating Storage 0 C to +55 C 040 C to +75 C EMI Compatibility Conducted and radiated emission is in compliance with CISPR Pub. 11/1990 Group 1 Class A. Audible Noise <37.5 dBA pressure and <5.
PAGE 531
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Speci cations Frequency Range (Options 026 or 027) Band 0 1 2 3 4 LO Harmonic (N) 1| 1| 2| 3| 4| (Options 026 or 027) 4 4| 9 kHz to 22.0 GHz 9 kHz to 26.5 GHz 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHz 6.0 GHz to 12.8 GHz 12.4 GHz to 19.4 GHz 19.1 GHz to 22.0 GHz 19.1 GHz to 26.5 GHz Frequency Reference Aging Settability Temperature Stability 62 2 1006 /year 60.
PAGE 532
Frequency Speci cations Marker Count Accuracyy Frequency Span 10 MHz 2 Nz Frequency Span >10 MHz 2 Nz 6(marker frequency 2 frequency reference error* + counter resolution + 100 Hz 2 Nz ) 6(marker frequency 2 frequency reference error* + counter resolution + 1 kHz 2 Nz ) Counter Resolution Frequency Span 10 MHz 2 Nz Selectable from 10 Hz to 100 kHz Frequency Span > 10 MHz 2 Nz Selectable from 100 Hz to 100 kHz * frequency reference error = (aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment + initial achievab
PAGE 533
Frequency Speci cations IF Bandwidths Measurement 200 Hz, 9 kHz, and 120 kHz (6 dB EMC bandwidths) 1 MHz (6 dB bandwidth 610%) Diagnostic 30 Hz to 300 kHz, 3 dB bandwidths in 1,3,10 steps (620% characteristic), also 3 MHz and 5 MHz.
PAGE 534
Amplitude Speci cations Amplitude speci cations do not apply for Analog+ mode and negative peak detector mode except as noted in \Amplitude Characteristics." 022 dB V to +137 dB V Amplitude Range Maximum Safe Input Level Average Continuous Power Peak Pulse Power dc +137 dB V (1 W, 7.1 V rms), input attenuation 10 dB in bands 1 through 4. +157 dB V (100 W) for <10 s pulse width and <1% duty cycle, input attenuation 30 dB.
PAGE 535
Amplitude Speci cations Relative Quasi-Peak Response to a CISPR Pulse (dB) (All except Option 703) Frequency Band Pulse Repetition 120 kHz EMI BW 9 kHz EMI BW 200 Hz EMI BW Frequency (Hz) 0.03 to 1 GHz 0.15 to 30 MHz 10 to 150 kHz 1000 +8.0 6 1.0 +4.5 6 1.0 | 100 0 dB (reference)* 0 dB (reference)* +4.0 6 1.0 60 | | +3.0 6 1.0 25 | | 0 dB (reference)* 20 09.0 6 1.0 06.5 6 1.0 | 10 014.0 6 1.5 010.0 6 1.5 04.0 6 1.0 5 | | 07.5 6 1.5 013.0 6 2.0 020.5 6 2.0 2 026.0 6 2.0 017.0 6 2.0 022.5 6 2.0 1 028.5 6 2.
PAGE 536
Amplitude Speci cations Spurious Responses Second Harmonic Distortion 10 MHz to 2.9 GHz > 2.75 GHz Third Order Intermodulation Distortion >10 MHz Other Input Related Spurious 9 kHz to 18 GHz 18 GHz to 22 GHz <070 dBc for +67 dB V tone at input mixer.* <0100 dBc for +97 dB V tone at input mixer* (or below displayed average noise level). <070 dBc for two +77 dB V tones at input mixer* and >50 kHz separation. <065 dBc at 30 kHz o set, for +87 dB V tone at input mixer 18 GHz.
PAGE 537
Amplitude Speci cations Reference Level Range Log Scale Linear Scale Resolution Log Scale Linear Scale Accuracy 107 dB V to +47.1 dB V +47 dB V and below 1 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW * See \Amplitude Range." Minimum amplitude to maximum amplitude* +8 dB V to maximum amplitude* 60.01 dB 60.12% of reference level (referenced to +87 dB V reference level, 10 dB input attenuation, at a single frequency, in a xed IF BW) 6(0.3 dB + .01 2 dB from +87 dB V) 6(0.6 dB + .01 2 dB from +87 dB V) 6(0.
PAGE 538
Amplitude Speci cations Absolute Amplitude Calibration Repeatability* 60.15 dB * Repeatability in the measured absolute amplitude of the CAL OUT signal at the reference settings after CAL FREQ and CAL AMPTD self-calibration. Absolute amplitude reference settings are: Reference Level +87 dB V; Input Attenuation 10 dB; Center Frequency 300 MHz; IF BW 3 kHz; Averaging BW 300 Hz; Scale Linear; Span 50 kHz; Sweep Time Coupled, Top Graticule (reference level), Corrections ON.
PAGE 539
Option Speci cations Option Speci cations Tracking Generator Speci cations (Option 010) All speci cations apply over 0 C to +55 C. The EMC-analyzer/trackinggenerator combination will meet its speci cations after 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range, 30 minutes after the EMC-analyzer/tracking-generator is turned on and after CAL FREQ, CAL AMPTD, CAL TRK GEN, and TRACKING PEAK have been run. Warm-Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2.
PAGE 540
Option Speci cations Output Power Sweep Range Resolution (+97 dB V to +106 dB V) 0 (Source Attenuator Setting) 0.1 dB Output Flatness (referenced to 300 MHz, +87 dB V) Frequency > 10 MHz Frequency 10 MHz 62.0 dB 63.0 dB Spurious Output (+106 dB V output) Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz TG Output 20 kHz to 2.9 GHz 015 dBc 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2.0 GHz TG Output 2.0 GHz to 2.
PAGE 541
Frequency Characteristics Frequency Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Frequency Reference Initial Achievable Accuracy Aging 60.5 2 1006 61.0 2 1007 /day Precision Frequency Reference (Option 004) Aging Warm-Up Initial Achievable Accuracy Stability Drift* (after warmup at stabilized temperature) Frequency Span (10 2 Ny ) MHz 5 2 10010 /day, 7-day average after being powered on for 7 days.
PAGE 542
Frequency Characteristics Averaging Bandwidth (03 dB) Range Shape 1 Hz to 1 MHz, selectable in 1, 3, 10 increments, accuracy 630% and 3 MHz. Averaging bandwidths may be selected manually, or coupled to IF bandwidth and frequency span. Post detection, single pole low-pass lter used to average displayed noise. Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti-aliasing ltering. FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP Noise Equivalent Bandwidth* 3.632 3 dB Bandwidth* 3.
PAGE 543
Amplitude Characteristics Amplitude Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Log Scale Switching Uncertainty Demod Tune Listen (All except Option 703) Negligible error Internal speaker, rear panel earphone jack and front-panel volume control. Adjustable squelch control mutes the audio signal to the speaker/earphone jack based on the level of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz.
PAGE 544
Amplitude Characteristics Measurement Detector Types Positive Peak, Quasi-Peak, and Average Quasi-Peak and Average time constants conform with CISPR Pub. 16. (Option 101 and Option 301) (Option 703) IF Overload Detector Negative Peak Delete Quasi-Peak and Average Available in EMC analyzer mode only. Detects overload of the analyzer video circuitry. Input Attenuation Uncertainty* 19 to 22 GHz 12.4 to 19 GHz Attenuator Setting 9 kHz to 12.4 GHz 61.0 dB 61.0 dB 0 dB 60.
PAGE 545
Amplitude Characteristics RF Input SWR 10 dB attenuation Frequency 300 MHz 10 dB to 70 dB attenuation Band 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHz 6.0 GHz to 12.8 GHz 12.4 GHz to 19.4 GHz 19.1 GHz to 22.0 GHz 1.15:1 1.3:1 1.5:1 1.6:1 2.0:1 3.0:1 Unpeaked Frequency Response (10 dB input attenuation) Without Preselector Peaking, Span 50 MHz Absolute* Relative Flatnessy 63.5 dB 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHz 64.0 dB 64.0 dB 6.0 GHz to 12.8 GHz 64.5 dB 65.0 dB 12.4 GHz to 19.4 GHz 66.0 dB 65.0 dB 19.1 GHz to 22 GHz 66.
PAGE 546
Amplitude Characteristics DYNAMIC RANGE 5-18 HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics
PAGE 547
Amplitude Characteristics NARROW IF BANDWIDTH DYNAMIC RANGE Immunity Testing Radiated Immunity When tested at 3 V/m according to IEC 801-3/1984 the displayed average noise level will be within speci cations over the full immunity test frequency range of 27 to 500 MHz except that at immunity test frequencies of 278.6 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth and 321.4 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth the displayed average noise level may be up to +62 dB V.
PAGE 548
Amplitude Characteristics Analog+ Mode and Negative Peak Detector Mode (Options 101 and 301) These modes do not utilize the full set of internal amplitude corrections. Therefore, in these modes, some analyzer amplitude speci cations are reduced to characteristics. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance.
PAGE 549
Amplitude Characteristics Frequency Response in Analog+ Mode Preselector peaked in band > 0 (10 dB input attenuation, for spans 20 MHz) Absolute* 62.0 dB 62.5 dB 63.0 dB 63.5 dB 63.5 dB 65.5 dB Relative Flatnessy 61.5 dB 62.0 dB 62.5 dB 62.5 dB 62.5 dB 62.5 dB 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz 2.75 GHz to 6.4 GHz 6.0 GHz to 12.8 GHz 12.4 GHz to 19.4 GHz 19.1 GHz to 22 GHz 19.1 GHz to 26.5 GHz (Option 026 or 027) * Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT.
PAGE 550
Option Characteristics TV Trigger Characteristics (Options 101, 102, and 301) TV Trigger Carrier Level for Trigger Compatible Formats Field Selection Trigger Polarity Line Selection Triggers sweep of the analyzer after the sync pulse of a selected line of a TV video eld.
PAGE 551
Option Characteristics TRACKING GENERATOR OUTPUT ACCURACY, Option 010 (after CAL TRK GEN in auto-coupled mode, Frequency > 10 MHz, 25 C 6 10 C) TG Output Attenuator Relative Absolute Relative Absolute Power Level Setting Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy (at 300 MHz (at 300 MHz) (referred to referred to +87 dB V) +87 dB V) +106 to +97 0 dB 1.0 dB 1.75 dB 3.0 dB 3.75 dB dB V +97 to +89 dB V 8 dB 1.5 dB 2.25 dB 3.5 dB 4.25 dB +87 dB V 16 dB Reference 0.75 dB 2.0 dB 2.
PAGE 552
Physical Characteristics Front-Panel Inputs and Outputs INPUT 50 Connector Impedance INPUT 50 (Option 026) Connector Impedance INPUT 50 (Option 027) Connector Impedance Type N female with adapter to SMA female 50 nominal 100 MHz COMB OUT Connector Output Level Frequency SMA female +134 dB V 100 MHz fundamental RF OUT (Option 010) Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal Type N female 50 nominal APC 3.5 male 50 nominal PROBE POWER* Voltage/Current +15 Vdc, 67% at 150 mA max. 012.
PAGE 553
Physical Characteristics Rear-Panel Inputs and Outputs 10 MHz REF OUTPUT Connector Impedance Output Amplitude EXT REF IN Connector Input Amplitude Range Frequency BNC female 50 nominal >107 dB V BNC female Note: Analyzer noise sideband and spurious response performance may be a ected by the quality of the external reference used. +105 to +117 dB V 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency Amplitude Range Impedance 21.
PAGE 554
Physical Characteristics EXT TRIG INPUT Connector Trigger Level BNC female Positive edge initiates sweep in EXT TRIG mode (TTL). LO OUTPUT (Option 009 or 010) Connector Impedance Frequency Range Output Level Note: LO output must be terminated in 50 . SMA female 50 nominal 3.0 to 6.8214 GHz +118 to +125 dB V SWEEP + TUNE OUTPUT (Option 009) Connector Impedance (dc coupled) Range Sweep + Tune Output BNC female 2 k 0 to +10 V 0.
PAGE 555
Physical Characteristics REMOTE INTERFACE HP-IB HP-IB Codes RS-232 (Option 023) Parallel (Option 024) SWEEP OUTPUT Connector Amplitude TV TRIG OUT (Options 101, 102, and 301) Connector Amplitude SH1, AH1, T6, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, C1, C2, C3 and C28 25 pin subminiature D-shell, female 25 pin subminiature D-shell, female BNC female 0 to +10 V ramp BNC female Negative edge corresponds to start of the selected TV line after sync pulse (TTL).
PAGE 556
Physical Characteristics AUX INTERFACE Connector Type: 9 Pin Subminiature \D" Connector Pinout Pin # Function Current 1 Control A | \Logic" Mode \Serial Bit" Mode TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 2 Control B | TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 3 Control C | TTL Output Hi/Lo Strobe 4 Control D | TTL Output Hi/Lo Serial Data 5 Control I | TTL Input Hi/Lo TTL Input Hi/Lo 6 Gnd | Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67% 150 mA | | 8* +5 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | 9y +15 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | * Exceeding
PAGE 557
Physical Characteristics A = 8 in (200 mm) B = 7.25 in (184 mm) C = 14.69 in (373 mm) D = 13.25 in (337 mm) E = 18.12 in (460.
PAGE 558
Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8593EM EMC analyzer.
PAGE 559
Regulatory Information HP 8593EM Speci cations and Characteristics 5-31
PAGE 560
Regulatory Information Notice for Germany: Noise Declaration LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz (operator position) normaler Betrieb (normal position) nach DIN 45635 T.
PAGE 561
HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics 6 This chapter contains speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8594EM EMC analyzer. The speci cations and characteristics in this chapter are listed separately. The speci cations are described rst, then followed by the characteristics. General speci cations and characteristics. General Frequency-related speci cations and characteristics. Frequency Amplitude-related speci cations and characteristics.
PAGE 562
General Speci cations Temperature Range Operating Storage 0 C to +55 C 040 C to +75 C EMI Compatibility Conducted and radiated emission is in compliance with CISPR Pub. 11/1990 Group 1 Class A. Audible Noise <37.5 dBA pressure and <5.
PAGE 563
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Speci cations Frequency Range dc Coupled ac Coupled 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz 100 kHz to 2.9 GHz Frequency Reference Aging Settability Temperature Stability 62 2 1006 /year 60.
PAGE 564
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Span Range Resolution Accuracy Span 10 MHz Span >10 MHz 0 Hz (zero span), 1 kHz to 2.9 GHz Four digits or 20 Hz, whichever is greater. 62% of span* 63% of span * For spans < 10 kHz, add an additional 10 Hz resolution error.
PAGE 565
Frequency Speci cations Stability Noise Sidebands >10 kHz o set from CW signal >20 kHz o set from CW signal >30 kHz o set from CW signal Residual FM 1 kHz IF BW, 1 kHz AVG BW 30 Hz IF BW, 30 Hz AVG BW System-Related Sidebands >30 kHz o set from CW signal (1 kHz IF BW, 30 Hz AVG BW and sample detector) 090 dBc/Hz 0100 dBc/Hz 0105 dBc/Hz 250 Hz pk-pk in 100 ms 30 Hz pk-pk in 300 ms 065 dBc Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6(freq. ref.
PAGE 566
Amplitude Speci cations Amplitude speci cations do not apply for Analog+ mode and negative peak detector mode except as noted in \Amplitude Characteristics." Amplitude Range Maximum Safe Input Level Average Continuous Power Peak Pulse Power dc 020 dB V to +137 dB V +137 dB V (1 W, 7.1 V rms), input attenuation 10 dB. +157 dB V (100 W) for <10 s pulse width and <1% duty cycle, input attenuation 30 dB.
PAGE 567
Amplitude Speci cations Relative Quasi-Peak Response to a CISPR Pulse (dB) (All except Option 703) Frequency Band Pulse Repetition 120 kHz EMI BW 9 kHz EMI BW 200 Hz EMI BW Frequency (Hz) 0.03 to 1 GHz 0.15 to 30 MHz 10 to 150 kHz 1000 +8.0 6 1.0 +4.5 6 1.0 | 100 0 dB (reference)* 0 dB (reference)* +4.0 6 1.0 60 | | +3.0 6 1.0 25 | | 0 dB (reference)* 20 09.0 6 1.0 06.5 6 1.0 | 10 014.0 6 1.5 010.0 6 1.5 04.0 6 1.0 5 | | 07.5 6 1.5 013.0 6 2.0 020.5 6 2.0 2 026.0 6 2.0 017.0 6 2.0 022.5 6 2.0 1 028.5 6 2.
PAGE 568
Amplitude Speci cations Spurious Responses Second Harmonic Distortion >10 MHz <070 dBc for +67 dB V tone at input mixer.* Third Order Intermodulation Distortion >10 MHz Other Input Related Spurious <070 dBc for two +77 dB V tones at input mixer* and >50 kHz separation. <065 dBc at 30 kHz o set, for +87 dB V tone at input mixer 2.9 GHz. * Mixer Power Level (dB V) = Input Power (dB V) 0 Input Attenuation (dB). (Input terminated and 0 dB attenuation) +17 dB V Residual Responses 150 kHz to 2.
PAGE 569
Amplitude Speci cations Reference Level Range Log Scale Linear Scale Resolution Log Scale Linear Scale Accuracy 107 dB V to +47.1 dB V +47 dB V and below 1 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW * See \Amplitude Range." Frequency Response (dc coupled) 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz * Referenced to 300 MHz CAL OUT. Minimum amplitude to maximum amplitude* +8 dB V to maximum amplitude* 60.01 dB 60.
PAGE 570
Amplitude Speci cations Input Attenuator Range 0 to 70 dB, in 10 dB steps IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 1 kHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW (At reference level, referenced to 3 kHz IF BW) 60.4 dB 60.5 dB 60.6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60.25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW IF BW 1 kHz 6 (0.3 dB + 0.01 2 dB from reference level) 6 (0.4 dB + 0.
PAGE 571
Option Speci cations Option Speci cations Tracking Generator Speci cations (Option 010) All speci cations apply over 0 C to +55 C. The EMC-analyzer/trackinggenerator combination will meet its speci cations after 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range, 30 minutes after the EMC-analyzer/tracking-generator is turned on and after CAL FREQ, CAL AMPTD, CAL TRK GEN, and TRACKING PEAK have been run. Warm-Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2.
PAGE 572
Option Speci cations Output Power Sweep Range Resolution (+97 dB V to +106 dB V) 0 (Source Attenuator Setting) 0.1 dB Output Flatness (referenced to 300 MHz, +87 dB V) Frequency > 10 MHz Frequency 10 MHz 62.0 dB 63.0 dB Spurious Output (+106 dB V output) Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz TG Output 20 kHz to 2.9 GHz 015 dBc 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2.0 GHz TG Output 2.0 GHz to 2.
PAGE 573
Frequency Characteristics Frequency Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Frequency Reference Initial Achievable Accuracy Aging 60.5 2 1006 61.0 2 1007 /day Precision Frequency Reference (Option 004) Aging Warm-Up Initial Achievable Accuracy Stability Drift* (after warmup at stabilized temperature) Frequency Span 10 MHz, Free Run 5 2 10010 /day, 7-day average after being powered on for 7 days.
PAGE 574
Frequency Characteristics Averaging Bandwidth (03 dB) Range Shape 1 Hz to 1 MHz, selectable in 1, 3, 10 increments, accuracy 630% and 3 MHz. Averaging bandwidths may be selected manually, or coupled to IF bandwidth and frequency span. Post detection, single pole low-pass lter used to average displayed noise. Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti-aliasing ltering. FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP Noise Equivalent Bandwidth* 3.632 3 dB Bandwidth* 3.
PAGE 575
Amplitude Characteristics Amplitude Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Log Scale Switching Uncertainty Demod Tune Listen (All except Option 703) Negligible error Internal speaker, rear panel earphone jack and front-panel volume control. Adjustable squelch control mutes the audio signal to the speaker/earphone jack based on the level of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz.
PAGE 576
Amplitude Characteristics Measurement Detector Types Positive Peak, Quasi-Peak, and Average Quasi-Peak and Average time constants conform with CISPR Pub. 16. (Option 101 and Option 301) (Option 703) IF Overload Detector Negative Peak Delete Quasi-Peak and Average Available in EMC analyzer mode only. Detects overload of the analyzer video circuitry. Input Attenuation Uncertainty* Attenuator Setting 0 dB 60.2 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60.4 dB 30 dB 60.5 dB 40 dB 60.7 dB 50 dB 60.8 dB 60 dB 61.
PAGE 577
Amplitude Characteristics Input Attenuator Repeatability RF Input SWR 10 dB attenuation Frequency 300 MHz 10 dB to 70 dB attenuation Band 100 kHz to 300 kHz 300 kHz to 1 MHz 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz 60.05 dB dc Coupled ac Coupled 1.15:1 1.4:1 1.3:1 1.3:1 1.3:1 2.3:1 1.4:1 1.
PAGE 578
Amplitude Characteristics Immunity Testing Radiated Immunity When tested at 3 V/m according to IEC 801-3/1984 the displayed average noise level will be within speci cations over the full immunity test frequency range of 27 to 500 MHz except that at immunity test frequencies of 278.6 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth and 321.4 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth the displayed average noise level may be up to +62 dB V.
PAGE 579
Amplitude Characteristics Analog+ Mode and Negative Peak Detector Mode (Options 101 and 301) These modes do not utilize the full set of internal amplitude corrections. Therefore, in these modes, some analyzer amplitude speci cations are reduced to characteristics. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance.
PAGE 580
Option Characteristics TV Trigger Characteristics (Options 101, 102, and 301) TV Trigger Carrier Level for Trigger Compatible Formats Field Selection Trigger Polarity Line Selection Triggers sweep of the analyzer after the sync pulse of a selected line of a TV video eld.
PAGE 581
Option Characteristics Output VSWR 0 dB Attenuator 8 dB Attenuator <3.0:1 <1.5:1 TRACKING GENERATOR OUTPUT ACCURACY, Option 010 (after CAL TRK GEN in auto-coupled mode, Frequency > 10 MHz, 25 C 6 10 C) TG Output Attenuator Relative Absolute Relative Absolute Power Level Setting Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy (at 300 MHz (at 300 MHz) (referred to referred to +87 dB V) +87 dB V) +106 to +97 0 dB 1.0 dB 1.75 dB 3.0 dB 3.75 dB dB V +97 to +89 dB V 8 dB 1.5 dB 2.25 dB 3.5 dB 4.
PAGE 582
Physical Characteristics Front-Panel Inputs and Outputs INPUT 50 Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal RF OUT (Option 010) Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal PROBE POWER* Voltage/Current +15 Vdc, 67% at 150 mA max. 012.6 Vdc 610% at 150 mA max. * Total current drawn from the +15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA. Total current drawn from the 012.5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA.
PAGE 583
Physical Characteristics EXT REF IN Connector Input Amplitude Range Frequency BNC female Note: Analyzer noise sideband and spurious response performance may be a ected by the quality of the external reference used. +105 to +117 dB V 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency Amplitude Range Impedance 21.
PAGE 584
Physical Characteristics LO OUTPUT (Option 009 or 010) Connector Impedance Frequency Range Output Level Note: LO output must be terminated in 50 . SMA female 50 nominal 3.0 to 6.8214 GHz +118 to +125 dB V SWEEP + TUNE OUTPUT (Option 009) Connector Impedance (dc coupled) Range Sweep + Tune Output BNC female 2 k 0 to +10 V 0.36 V/GHz of center frequency HI-SWEEP IN/OUT Connector Output Input BNC female High = sweep, Low = retrace (TTL) Open collector, low stops sweep.
PAGE 585
Physical Characteristics SWEEP OUTPUT Connector Amplitude BNC female 0 to +10 V ramp TV TRIG OUT (Options 101, 102, and 301) Connector Amplitude BNC female Negative edge corresponds to start of the selected TV line after sync pulse (TTL).
PAGE 586
Physical Characteristics Net HP 8594EM Shipping HP 8594EM A = 8 in (200 mm) B = 7.25 in (184 mm) C = 14.69 in (373 mm) D = 13.25 in (337 mm) E = 18.12 in (460.5 mm) WEIGHT 16.4 kg (36 lb) 19.
PAGE 587
Regulatory Information Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8594EM EMC analyzer.
PAGE 588
Regulatory Information 6-28 HP 8594EM Speci cations and Characteristics
PAGE 589
Regulatory Information Notice for Germany: Noise Declaration LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz (operator position) normaler Betrieb (normal position) nach DIN 45635 T.
PAGE 590
PAGE 591
HP 8595EM Speci cations and Characteristics 7 This chapter contains speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8595EM EMC analyzer. The speci cations and characteristics in this chapter are listed separately. The speci cations are described rst, then followed by the characteristics. General speci cations and characteristics. General Frequency-related speci cations and characteristics. Frequency Amplitude-related speci cations and characteristics.
PAGE 592
General Speci cations Temperature Range Operating Storage 0 C to +55 C 040 C to +75 C EMI Compatibility Conducted and radiated emission is in compliance with CISPR Pub. 11/1990 Group 1 Class A. Audible Noise <37.5 dBA pressure and <5.
PAGE 593
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Speci cations Frequency Range dc Coupled ac Coupled 9 kHz to 6.5 GHz 100 kHz to 6.5 GHz Frequency Reference Aging Settability Temperature Stability 62 2 1006 /year 60.
PAGE 594
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Span Range Resolution Accuracy (single band spans) Span 10 MHz Span >10 MHz 0 Hz (zero span), 1 kHz to 6.5 GHz Four digits or 20 Hz, whichever is greater. 62% of span* 63% of span * For spans < 10 kHz, add an additional 10 Hz resolution error.
PAGE 595
Frequency Speci cations Stability Noise Sidebands >10 kHz o set from CW signal >20 kHz o set from CW signal >30 kHz o set from CW signal Residual FM 1 kHz IF BW, 1 kHz AVG BW 30 Hz IF BW, 30 Hz AVG BW System-Related Sidebands >30 kHz o set from CW signal (1 kHz IF BW, 30 Hz AVG BW and sample detector) 090 dBc/Hz 0100 dBc/Hz 0105 dBc/Hz 250 Hz pk-pk in 100 ms 30 Hz pk-pk in 300 ms 065 dBc Calibrator Output Frequency 300 MHz 6(freq. ref.
PAGE 596
Amplitude Speci cations Amplitude speci cations do not apply for Analog+ mode and negative peak detector mode except as noted in \Amplitude Characteristics." Amplitude Range Maximum Safe Input Level Average Continuous Power Peak Pulse Power dc 020 dB V to +137 dB V +137 dB V (1 W, 7.1 V rms), input attenuation 10 dB above 2.75 GHz. +157 dB V (100 W) for <10 s pulse width and <1% duty cycle, input attenuation 30 dB.
PAGE 597
Amplitude Speci cations Relative Quasi-Peak Response to a CISPR Pulse (dB) (All except Option 703) Frequency Band Pulse Repetition 120 kHz EMI BW 9 kHz EMI BW 200 Hz EMI BW Frequency (Hz) 0.03 to 1 GHz 0.15 to 30 MHz 10 to 150 kHz 1000 +8.0 6 1.0 +4.5 6 1.0 | 100 0 dB (reference)* 0 dB (reference)* +4.0 6 1.0 60 | | +3.0 6 1.0 25 | | 0 dB (reference)* 20 09.0 6 1.0 06.5 6 1.0 | 10 014.0 6 1.5 010.0 6 1.5 04.0 6 1.0 5 | | 07.5 6 1.5 013.0 6 2.0 020.5 6 2.0 2 026.0 6 2.0 017.0 6 2.0 022.5 6 2.0 1 028.5 6 2.
PAGE 598
Amplitude Speci cations Spurious Responses Second Harmonic Distortion >10 MHz >2.75 GHz <070 dBc for +67 dB V tone at input mixer.* <0100 dBc for +97 dB V tone at input mixer* (or below displayed average noise level). Third Order Intermodulation Distortion >10 MHz Other Input Related Spurious <070 dBc for two +77 dB V tones at input mixer* and >50 kHz separation. <065 dBc at 30 kHz o set, for +87 dB V tone at input mixer 6.5 GHz.
PAGE 599
Amplitude Speci cations Reference Level Range Log Scale Linear Scale Resolution Log Scale Linear Scale Accuracy 107 dB V to +47.1 dB V +47 dB V and below 1 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW * See \Amplitude Range." Frequency Response (dc coupled) Minimum amplitude to maximum amplitude* +8 dB V to maximum amplitude* 60.01 dB 60.12% of reference level (referenced to +87 dB V reference level, 10 dB input attenuation, at a single frequency, in a xed IF BW) 6(0.3 dB + .01 2 dB from +87 dB V) 6(0.
PAGE 600
Amplitude Speci cations Input Attenuator Range 0 to 70 dB, in 10 dB steps IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 1 kHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW (At reference level, referenced to 3 kHz IF BW) 60.4 dB 60.5 dB 60.6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60.25 dB at reference level Display Scale Fidelity Log Maximum Cumulative 0 to 070 dB from Reference Level 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW IF BW 1 kHz 6 (0.3 dB + 0.01 2 dB from reference level) 6 (0.4 dB + 0.
PAGE 601
Option Speci cations Option Speci cations Tracking Generator Speci cations (Option 010) All speci cations apply over 0 C to +55 C. The EMC-analyzer/trackinggenerator combination will meet its speci cations after 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range, 30 minutes after the EMC-analyzer/tracking-generator is turned on and after CAL FREQ, CAL AMPTD, CAL TRK GEN, and TRACKING PEAK have been run. Warm-Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2.
PAGE 602
Option Speci cations Output Power Sweep Range Resolution (+97 dB V to +106 dB V) 0 (Source Attenuator Setting) 0.1 dB Output Flatness (referenced to 300 MHz, +87 dB V) Frequency > 10 MHz Frequency 10 MHz 62.0 dB 63.0 dB Spurious Output (+106 dB V output) Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz TG Output 20 kHz to 2.9 GHz 015 dBc 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2.0 GHz TG Output 2.0 GHz to 2.
PAGE 603
Frequency Characteristics Frequency Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Frequency Reference Initial Achievable Accuracy Aging 60.5 2 1006 61.0 2 1007 /day Precision Frequency Reference (Option 004) Aging Warm-Up Initial Achievable Accuracy Stability Drift* (after warmup at stabilized temperature) Frequency Span 10 MHz, Free Run 5 2 10010 /day, 7-day average after being powered on for 7 days.
PAGE 604
Frequency Characteristics Averaging Bandwidth (03 dB) Range Shape 1 Hz to 1 MHz, selectable in 1, 3, 10 increments, accuracy 630% and 3 MHz. Averaging bandwidths may be selected manually, or coupled to IF bandwidth and frequency span. Post detection, single pole low-pass lter used to average displayed noise. Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti-aliasing ltering. FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP Noise Equivalent Bandwidth* 3.632 3 dB Bandwidth* 3.
PAGE 605
Amplitude Characteristics Amplitude Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Log Scale Switching Uncertainty Demod Tune Listen (All except Option 703) Negligible error Internal speaker, rear panel earphone jack and front-panel volume control. Adjustable squelch control mutes the audio signal to the speaker/earphone jack based on the level of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz.
PAGE 606
Amplitude Characteristics Measurement Detector Types Positive Peak, Quasi-Peak, and Average Quasi-Peak and Average time constants conform with CISPR Pub. 16. (Option 101 and Option 301) (Option 703) IF Overload Detector Negative Peak Delete Quasi-Peak and Average Available in EMC analyzer mode only. Detects overload of the analyzer video circuitry. Input Attenuation Uncertainty* Attenuator Setting 0 dB 60.2 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60.4 dB 30 dB 60.5 dB 40 dB 60.7 dB 50 dB 60.8 dB 60 dB 61.
PAGE 607
Amplitude Characteristics 60.05 dB Input Attenuator Repeatability RF Input SWR 10 dB attenuation Frequency 300 MHz 10 dB to 70 dB attenuation Band 100 kHz to 300 kHz 300 kHz to 1 MHz 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz 2.9 GHz to 6.5 GHz Unpeaked Frequency Response (dc coupled) Without Preselector Peaking, Span 50 MHz 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHz dc Coupled ac Coupled 1.15:1 1.4:1 1.3:1 1.3:1 1.3:1 1.5:1 2.3:1 1.4:1 1.3:1 1.6:1 (10 dB input attenuation) Absolute* Relative Flatnessy 63.5 dB 64.
PAGE 608
Amplitude Characteristics DYNAMIC RANGE Immunity Testing Radiated Immunity When tested at 3 V/m according to IEC 801-3/1984 the displayed average noise level will be within speci cations over the full immunity test frequency range of 27 to 500 MHz except that at immunity test frequencies of 278.6 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth and 321.4 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth the displayed average noise level may be up to +62 dB V.
PAGE 609
Amplitude Characteristics Analog+ Mode and Negative Peak Detector Mode (Options 101 and 301) These modes do not utilize the full set of internal amplitude corrections. Therefore, in these modes, some analyzer amplitude speci cations are reduced to characteristics. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance.
PAGE 610
Option Characteristics TV Trigger Characteristics (Options 101, 102, and 301) TV Trigger Carrier Level for Trigger Compatible Formats Field Selection Trigger Polarity Line Selection Triggers sweep of the analyzer after the sync pulse of a selected line of a TV video eld.
PAGE 611
Option Characteristics Output VSWR 0 dB Attenuator 8 dB Attenuator <3.0:1 <1.5:1 TRACKING GENERATOR OUTPUT ACCURACY, Option 010 (after CAL TRK GEN in auto-coupled mode, Frequency > 10 MHz, 25 C 6 10 C) TG Output Attenuator Relative Absolute Relative Absolute Power Level Setting Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy (at 300 MHz (at 300 MHz) (referred to referred to +87 dB V) +87 dB V) +106 to +97 0 dB 1.0 dB 1.75 dB 3.0 dB 3.75 dB dB V +97 to +89 dB V 8 dB 1.5 dB 2.25 dB 3.5 dB 4.
PAGE 612
Physical Characteristics Front-Panel Inputs and Outputs INPUT 50 Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal RF OUT (Option 010) Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal PROBE POWER* Voltage/Current +15 Vdc, 67% at 150 mA max. 012.6 Vdc 610% at 150 mA max. * Total current drawn from the +15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA. Total current drawn from the 012.5 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the 015 Vdc on the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA.
PAGE 613
Physical Characteristics EXT REF IN Connector Input Amplitude Range Frequency BNC female Note: Analyzer noise sideband and spurious response performance may be a ected by the quality of the external reference used. +105 to +117 dB V 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency Amplitude Range Impedance 21.
PAGE 614
Physical Characteristics LO OUTPUT (Option 009 or 010) Connector Impedance Frequency Range Output Level Note: LO output must be terminated in 50 . SMA female 50 nominal 3.0 to 6.8214 GHz +118 to +125 dB V SWEEP + TUNE OUTPUT (Option 009) Connector Impedance (dc coupled) Range Sweep + Tune Output BNC female 2 k 0 to +10 V 0.36 V/GHz of center frequency HI-SWEEP IN/OUT Connector Output Input BNC female High = sweep, Low = retrace (TTL) Open collector, low stops sweep.
PAGE 615
Physical Characteristics SWEEP OUTPUT Connector Amplitude BNC female 0 to +10 V ramp TV TRIG OUT (Options 101, 102, and 301) Connector Amplitude BNC female Negative edge corresponds to start of the selected TV line after sync pulse (TTL).
PAGE 616
Physical Characteristics Net HP 8595EM Shipping HP 8595EM A = 8 in (200 mm) B = 7.25 in (184 mm) C = 14.69 in (373 mm) D = 13.25 in (337 mm) E = 18.12 in (460.5 mm) WEIGHT 16.4 kg (36 lb) 19.
PAGE 617
Regulatory Information Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8595EM EMC analyzer.
PAGE 618
Regulatory Information 7-28 HP 8595EM Speci cations and Characteristics
PAGE 619
Regulatory Information Notice for Germany: Noise Declaration LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz (operator position) normaler Betrieb (normal position) nach DIN 45635 T.
PAGE 620
PAGE 621
HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics 8 This chapter contains speci cations and characteristics for the HP 8596EM EMC analyzer. The speci cations and characteristics in this chapter are listed separately. The speci cations are described rst, then followed by the characteristics. General speci cations and characteristics. General Frequency-related speci cations and characteristics. Frequency Amplitude-related speci cations and characteristics.
PAGE 622
General Speci cations Temperature Range Operating Storage 0 C to +55 C 040 C to +75 C EMI Compatibility Conducted and radiated emission is in compliance with CISPR Pub. 11/1990 Group 1 Class A. Audible Noise <37.5 dBA pressure and <5.
PAGE 623
Frequency Speci cations Frequency Speci cations Frequency Range dc coupled ac coupled Band 0 0 1 2 9 kHz to 12.8 GHz 100 kHz to 12.8 GHz LO Harmonic (N) 1| 1| 1| 2| 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz (dc coupled) 100 kHz to 2.9 GHz (ac coupled) 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHz 6.0 GHz to 12.8 GHz Frequency Reference Aging Settability Temperature Stability 62 2 1006 /year 60.
PAGE 624
Frequency Speci cations Marker Count Accuracyy Frequency Span 10 MHz 2 Nz Frequency Span >10 MHz 2 Nz 6(marker frequency 2 frequency reference error* + counter resolution + 100 Hz 2 Nz ) 6(marker frequency 2 frequency reference error* + counter resolution + 1 kHz 2 Nz ) Counter Resolution Frequency Span 10 MHz 2 Nz Selectable from 10 Hz to 100 kHz Frequency Span > 10 MHz 2 Nz Selectable from 100 Hz to 100 kHz * frequency reference error = (aging rate 2 period of time since adjustment + initial achievab
PAGE 625
Frequency Speci cations IF Bandwidths Measurement 200 Hz, 9 kHz, and 120 kHz (6 dB EMC bandwidths) 1 MHz (6 dB bandwidth 610%) Diagnostic 30 Hz to 300 kHz, 3 dB bandwidths in 1,3,10 steps (620% characteristic), also 3 MHz and 5 MHz.
PAGE 626
Amplitude Speci cations Amplitude speci cations do not apply for Analog+ mode and negative peak detector mode except as noted in \Amplitude Characteristics." 020 dB V to +137 dB V Amplitude Range Maximum Safe Input Level Average Continuous Power Peak Pulse Power dc +137 dB V (1 W, 7.1 V rms), input attenuation 10 dB above 2.75 GHz. +157 dB V (100 W) for <10 s pulse width and <1% duty cycle, input attenuation 30 dB.
PAGE 627
Amplitude Speci cations Relative Quasi-Peak Response to a CISPR Pulse (dB) (All except Option 703) Frequency Band Pulse Repetition 120 kHz EMI BW 9 kHz EMI BW 200 Hz EMI BW Frequency (Hz) 0.03 to 1 GHz 0.15 to 30 MHz 10 to 150 kHz 1000 +8.0 6 1.0 +4.5 6 1.0 | 100 0 dB (reference)* 0 dB (reference)* +4.0 6 1.0 60 | | +3.0 6 1.0 25 | | 0 dB (reference)* 20 09.0 6 1.0 06.5 6 1.0 | 10 014.0 6 1.5 010.0 6 1.5 04.0 6 1.0 5 | | 07.5 6 1.5 013.0 6 2.0 020.5 6 2.0 2 026.0 6 2.0 017.0 6 2.0 022.5 6 2.0 1 028.5 6 2.
PAGE 628
Amplitude Speci cations Spurious Responses Second Harmonic Distortion > 10 MHz > 2.75 GHz Third Order Intermodulation Distortion >10 MHz Other Input Related Spurious <070 dBc for +67 dB V tone at input mixer.* <0100 dBc for +97 dB V tone at input mixer* (or below displayed average noise level). <070 dBc for two +77 dB V tones at input mixer* and >50 kHz separation. <065 dBc at 30 kHz o set, for +87 dB V tone at input mixer 12.8 GHz.
PAGE 629
Amplitude Speci cations Reference Level Range Log Scale Linear Scale Resolution Log Scale Linear Scale Accuracy 107 dB V to +47.1 dB V +47 dB V and below 1 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW * See \Amplitude Range." Frequency Response (dc coupled) Minimum amplitude to maximum amplitude* +8 dB V to maximum amplitude* 60.01 dB 60.12% of reference level (referenced to +87 dB V reference level, 10 dB input attenuation, at a single frequency, in a xed IF BW) 6(0.3 dB + .01 2 dB from +87 dB V) 6(0.
PAGE 630
Amplitude Speci cations Absolute Amplitude Calibration Repeatability* 60.15 dB * Repeatability in the measured absolute amplitude of the CAL OUT signal at the reference settings after CAL FREQ and CAL AMPTD self-calibration. Absolute amplitude reference settings are: Reference Level +87 dB V; Input Attenuation 10 dB; Center Frequency 300 MHz; IF BW 3 kHz; Averaging BW 300 Hz; Scale Linear; Span 50 kHz; Sweep Time Coupled, Top Graticule (reference level), Corrections ON, dc coupled.
PAGE 631
Option Speci cations Option Speci cations Tracking Generator Speci cations (Option 010) All speci cations apply over 0 C to +55 C. The EMC-analyzer/trackinggenerator combination will meet its speci cations after 2 hours of storage at a constant temperature within the operating temperature range, 30 minutes after the EMC-analyzer/tracking-generator is turned on and after CAL FREQ, CAL AMPTD, CAL TRK GEN, and TRACKING PEAK have been run. Warm-Up 30 minutes Output Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2.
PAGE 632
Option Speci cations Output Power Sweep Range Resolution (+97 dB V to +106 dB V) 0 (Source Attenuator Setting) 0.1 dB Output Flatness (referenced to 300 MHz, +87 dB V) Frequency > 10 MHz Frequency 10 MHz 62.0 dB 63.0 dB Spurious Output (+106 dB V output) Harmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 20 kHz TG Output 20 kHz to 2.9 GHz 015 dBc 025 dBc Nonharmonic Spurs from 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz TG Output 9 kHz to 2.0 GHz TG Output 2.0 GHz to 2.
PAGE 633
Frequency Characteristics Frequency Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Frequency Reference Initial Achievable Accuracy Aging 60.5 2 1006 61.0 2 1007 /day Precision Frequency Reference (Option 004) Aging Warm-Up Initial Achievable Accuracy Stability Drift* (after warmup at stabilized temperature) Frequency Span (10 2 Ny ) MHz 5 2 10010 /day, 7-day average after being powered on for 7 days.
PAGE 634
Frequency Characteristics Averaging Bandwidth (03 dB) Range Shape 1 Hz to 1 MHz, selectable in 1, 3, 10 increments, accuracy 630% and 3 MHz. Averaging bandwidths may be selected manually, or coupled to IF bandwidth and frequency span. Post detection, single pole low-pass lter used to average displayed noise. Bandwidths below 30 Hz are digital bandwidths with anti-aliasing ltering. FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP Noise Equivalent Bandwidth* 3.632 3 dB Bandwidth* 3.
PAGE 635
Amplitude Characteristics Amplitude Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Log Scale Switching Uncertainty Demod Tune Listen (All except Option 703) Negligible error Internal speaker, rear panel earphone jack and front-panel volume control. Adjustable squelch control mutes the audio signal to the speaker/earphone jack based on the level of the demodulated signal above 22 kHz.
PAGE 636
Amplitude Characteristics Measurement Detector Types Positive Peak, Quasi-Peak, and Average Quasi-Peak and Average time constants conform with CISPR Pub. 16. (Option 101 and Option 301) (Option 703) IF Overload Detector Negative Peak Delete Quasi-Peak and Average Available in EMC analyzer mode only. Detects overload of the analyzer video circuitry. Input Attenuation Uncertainty* Attenuator Setting 0 dB 60.2 dB 10 dB Reference 20 dB 60.4 dB 30 dB 60.5 dB 40 dB 60.7 dB 50 dB 60.8 dB 60 dB 61.
PAGE 637
Amplitude Characteristics Input Attenuator 10 dB Step Uncertainty (Attenuator setting 10 to 70 dB) 60.8 dB/10 dB Input Attenuator Repeatability 60.05 dB RF Input SWR 10 dB attenuation Frequency 300 MHz 10 dB to 70 dB attenuation Band 100 kHz to 300 kHz 300 kHz to 1 MHz 1 MHz to 2.9 GHz 2.9 GHz to 6.5 GHz 6.5 GHz to 12.8 GHz Unpeaked Frequency Response (dc coupled) Without Preselector Peaking, Span 50 MHz 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHz 6.0 GHz to 12.8 GHz dc Coupled ac Coupled 1.15:1 1.4:1 1.3:1 1.3:1 1.
PAGE 638
Amplitude Characteristics DYNAMIC RANGE Immunity Testing Radiated Immunity When tested at 3 V/m according to IEC 801-3/1984 the displayed average noise level will be within speci cations over the full immunity test frequency range of 27 to 500 MHz except that at immunity test frequencies of 278.6 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth and 321.4 MHz 6 selected IF bandwidth the displayed average noise level may be up to +62 dB V.
PAGE 639
Amplitude Characteristics Analog+ Mode and Negative Peak Detector Mode (Options 101 and 301) These modes do not utilize the full set of internal amplitude corrections. Therefore, in these modes, some analyzer amplitude speci cations are reduced to characteristics. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance.
PAGE 640
Option Characteristics TV Trigger Characteristics (Options 101, 102, and 301) TV Trigger Carrier Level for Trigger Compatible Formats Field Selection Trigger Polarity Line Selection Triggers sweep of the analyzer after the sync pulse of a selected line of a TV video eld.
PAGE 641
Option Characteristics TRACKING GENERATOR OUTPUT ACCURACY, Option 010 (after CAL TRK GEN in auto-coupled mode, Frequency > 10 MHz, 25 C 6 10 C) TG Output Attenuator Relative Absolute Relative Absolute Power Level Setting Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy (at 300 MHz (at 300 MHz) (referred to referred to +87 dB V) +87 dB V) +106 to +97 0 dB 1.0 dB 1.75 dB 3.0 dB 3.75 dB dB V +97 to +89 dB V 8 dB 1.5 dB 2.25 dB 3.5 dB 4.25 dB +87 dB V 16 dB Reference 0.75 dB 2.0 dB 2.
PAGE 642
Physical Characteristics Front-Panel Inputs and Outputs INPUT 50 Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal 100 MHz COMB OUT Connector Output Level Frequency SMA female +134 dB V 100 MHz fundamental RF OUT (Option 010) Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal PROBE POWER* Voltage/Current +15 Vdc, 67% at 150 mA max. 012.6 Vdc 610% at 150 mA max. * Total current drawn from the +15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA. Total current drawn from the 012.
PAGE 643
Physical Characteristics Rear-Panel Inputs and Outputs 10 MHz REF OUTPUT Connector Impedance Output Amplitude EXT REF IN Connector Input Amplitude Range Frequency BNC female 50 nominal >107 dB V BNC female Note: Analyzer noise sideband and spurious response performance may be a ected by the quality of the external reference used. +105 to +117 dB V 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency Amplitude Range Impedance 21.
PAGE 644
Physical Characteristics EXT TRIG INPUT Connector Trigger Level BNC female Positive edge initiates sweep in EXT TRIG mode (TTL). LO OUTPUT (Option 009 or 010) Connector Impedance Frequency Range Output Level Note: LO output must be terminated in 50 . SMA female 50 nominal 3.0 to 6.8214 GHz +118 to +125 dB V SWEEP + TUNE OUTPUT (Option 009) Connector Impedance (dc coupled) Range Sweep + Tune Output BNC female 2 k 0 to +10 V 0.
PAGE 645
Physical Characteristics REMOTE INTERFACE HP-IB HP-IB Codes RS-232 (Option 023) Parallel (Option 024) SWEEP OUTPUT Connector Amplitude TV TRIG OUT (Options 101, 102, and 301) Connector Amplitude SH1, AH1, T6, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, C1, C2, C3 and C28 25 pin subminiature D-shell, female 25 pin subminiature D-shell, female BNC female 0 to +10 V ramp BNC female Negative edge corresponds to start of the selected TV line after sync pulse (TTL).
PAGE 646
Physical Characteristics AUX INTERFACE Connector Type: 9 Pin Subminiature \D" Connector Pinout Pin # Function Current 1 Control A | \Logic" Mode \Serial Bit" Mode TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 2 Control B | TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 3 Control C | TTL Output Hi/Lo Strobe 4 Control D | TTL Output Hi/Lo Serial Data 5 Control I | TTL Input Hi/Lo TTL Input Hi/Lo 6 Gnd | Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67% 150 mA | | 8* +5 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | 9y +15 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | * Exceeding
PAGE 647
Physical Characteristics A = 8 in (200 mm) B = 7.25 in (184 mm) C = 14.69 in (373 mm) D = 13.25 in (337 mm) E = 18.12 in (460.
PAGE 648
Regulatory Information The information on the following section applies to the HP 8596EM EMC analyzer.
PAGE 649
Regulatory Information HP 8596EM Speci cations and Characteristics 8-29
PAGE 650
Regulatory Information Notice for Germany: Noise Declaration LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz (operator position) normaler Betrieb (normal position) nach DIN 45635 T.
PAGE 651
Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Section 9 This chapter contains characteristics for the HP 8590 EM-Series EMC Analyzer with the HP 85420E Option 1EM RF lter section. General General characteristics. Frequency-related characteristics. Frequency Amplitude-related characteristics. Amplitude Input, output and physical characteristics. Physical Optimal performance is achieved under the following conditions: The instrument is within the one year calibration cycle.
PAGE 652
General Characteristics Temperature Range Operating Storage 0 C to +55 C 040 C to +75 C EMI Compatibility Conducted and radiated emission is in compliance with CISPR Pub. 11/1990 Group 1 Class A. Audible Noise <37.5 dBA pressure and <5.
PAGE 653
Frequency Characteristics Frequency Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance. Frequency Range Input 1 9 kHz to 50 MHz Input 2 HP 8591EM HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, HP 8596EM 20 MHz to 1.8 GHz 20 MHz to 2.9 GHz Bypass HP 8591EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM HP 8596EM 9 kHz to 1.8 GHz 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz 9 kHz to 6.5 GHz 9 kHz to 12.8 GHz Single Band Range* Band 0 9 kHz to 2.9 GHzy Band 1 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHzy Band 2 6.
PAGE 654
Frequency Characteristics Precision Frequency Reference (Option 004) Aging Settability Temperature Stability Warm-Up Initial Achievable Accuracy Frequency Readout Accuracy (Start, Stop, Center, Marker) 5 2 10010 /day, 7-day average after being powered on for 7 days. 61 2 1007 /year 61 2 1008 61 2 1008 1 2 1008 after 30 minutes on. 62.2 2 1008 after being powered on for 24 hours.
PAGE 655
Frequency Characteristics Frequency Span Range Resolution Accuracy* Span 10 MHz 2 N# Span >10 MHz 2 N# 0 Hz (zero span), (1 kHz 2 N# ) to maximum frequency range limit of the EMC analyzery Four digits or (20 Hz 2 N# ), whichever is greater. 62% of spanz 63% of span * Sweeptime > 75 ms and single-band spans. y Refer to the \Frequency Range" table in this section for the maximum frequency range of the EMC analyzer. z For spans < 10 kHz, add an additional 10 Hz resolution error.
PAGE 656
Frequency Characteristics Stability Noise Sidebands (1 kHz IF BW, 30 Hz Avg BW and sample detector) 090 dBc/Hz + 20 Log N* 0100 dBc/Hz + 20 Log N* 0105 dBc/Hz + 20 Log N* >10 kHz o set from CW signal >20 kHz o set from CW signal >30 kHz o set from CW signal Residual FM 1 kHz IF BW, 1 kHz Avg BW (250 Hz pk-pk 2 N* ) in 100 ms 30 Hz IF BW, 30 Hz Avg BW (30 Hz pk-pk 2 N* ) in 300 ms System-Related Sidebands >30 kHz o set from CW signal 065 dBc + 20 Log N* * N=1 (except for the HP 8596EM from 6.
PAGE 657
Frequency Characteristics Input Filter Bandwidths Frequency Range Filter Type 9 kHz to 74 kHz xed 74 kHz to 198 kHz xed 198 kHz to 525 kHz xed 525 kHz to 1025 kHz xed 1 MHz to 2 MHz xed 2 MHz to 6 MHz tunable (20%, 3 dB) 6 MHz to 17 MHz tunable (10%, 3 dB) 17 MHz to 29 MHz tunable (7%, 3 dB) 29 MHz to 52 MHz tunable (8%, 3 dB) tunable (6%, 3 dB) 52 MHz to 98 MHz tunable (6%, 3 dB) 98 MHz to 152 MHz 152 MHz to 216 MHz tunable (6%, 3 dB) 216 MHz to 330 MHz tunable (5%, 3 dB) 330 MHz to 500 MHz tunable
PAGE 658
Frequency Characteristics FFT Bandwidth Factors FLATTOP Noise Equivalent Bandwidth* 3.632 3 dB Bandwidth* 3.602 Sidelobe Height <090 dB Amplitude Uncertainty 0.10 dB Shape Factor (60 dB BW/3 dB BW) 2.6 * Multiply entry by one-divided-by-sweep time. 9-8 Characteristics for the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Section HANNING 1.52 1.482 032 dB 1.42 dB 9.1 UNIFORM 12 12 013 dB 3.
PAGE 659
Amplitude Characteristics Amplitude Characteristics These are not speci cations. Characteristics provide useful but nonwarranted information about instrument performance.
PAGE 660
Amplitude Characteristics Input 1 Input 2 Bypass Displayed Average Noise Level 400 kHz Preamp O Preamp On (Input terminated, 0 dB attenuation, 30 Hz IF BW, 30 Hz Avg BW, sample detection) < 031 dB V < 031 dB V < 018 dB V < 039 dB V < 039 dB V Second Harmonic Intercept* 1 MHz < f < 1 GHz Preamp O Preamp On > 122 dB V > 110 dB V > 122 dB V > 110 dB V Third Order Intercepty > 10 MHz Preamp O Preamp On > +98 dB V > +89 dB V > +98 dB V > +89 dB V Residual Responses > 150 kHz > +5 dB V (Input term
PAGE 661
Amplitude Characteristics Gain Compression* 10 MHz < 0.5 dB * Indicated characteristic is derived from measured distortion at the input mixer of +97 dB V. Power at the input mixer = input power 0 input attenuation + RF lter section ampli cation. If the IF BW is 300 Hz, this applies only if signal separation is 4 kHz and signal amplitudes Ref Level + 10 dB. Reference Level Range Log Scale Linear Scale Resolution Log Scale Linear Scale Accuracy 107 dB V to +47.
PAGE 662
Amplitude Characteristics Frequency Response* Input 1 62.0 dB Input 2 62.0 dB Bypassy 9 kHz to 2.9 GHz 2.75 GHz to 6.5 GHz 6.0 GHz to 12.8 GHz 62.5 dB 63.5 dB 65.0 dB * Referenced to 300 MHz. Analyzer set to 10 dB input attenuation and dc coupled. y Refer to \Frequency Range". Calibrator Output Amplitude +87 dB V 60.4 dB IF Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty 3 kHz to 3 MHz IF BW 1 kHz IF BW 30 Hz to 300 Hz IF BW 60.4 dB 60.5 dB 60.6 dB Linear to Log Switching 60.
PAGE 663
Amplitude Characteristics Quasi-Peak Detector Characteristics (All except Option 703) The EMC analyzer displays the quasi-peak amplitude of pulsed radio frequency (RF) or continuous wave (CW) signals. Amplitude response conforms with Publication 16 of Comite International Special des Perturbations Radioelectriques (CISPR) Section 1, Clause 2.
PAGE 664
Amplitude Characteristics Input Attenuator Range 0 to 50 dB, in 10 dB steps Uncertainty* Input 1 and Input 2 Bypass 60.5 dB 61.0 dB 10 dB Step Uncertainty 61.0 dB/10 dB Repeatability 60.05 dB * Referenced to 10 dB input attenuator setting. Measurement Detector Types Positive Peak, Quasi-Peak, and Average Quasi-Peak and Average time constants conform with CISPR Pub. 16.
PAGE 665
Amplitude Characteristics FM Demodulation (All except Option 703) Input Level > (+47 dB V + attenuator setting) Signal Level 0 to 030 dB below reference level FM O set Resolution 400 Hz nominal FM Deviation (FM GAIN) Resolution Range 1 kHz/volt nominal 10 kHz/volt to 1 MHz/volt Bandwidth (6 dB) FM deviation/2 FM Linearity (for modulating frequency < bandwidth/100) 1% of FM deviation + 290 Hz Demod Tune Listen (All except Option 703) Internal speaker, rear panel earphone jack and front-panel v
PAGE 666
Amplitude Characteristics Physical Characteristics EMC Analyzer Front-Panel Inputs and Outputs INPUT 50 Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal RF OUT (Option 010) Connector Impedance Maximum Safe Reverse Level Type N female 50 nominal +127 dB V (0.1 W), 25 Vdc PROBE POWER* Voltage/Current +15 Vdc, 67% at 150 mA max. 012.6 Vdc 610% at 150 mA max. * Total current drawn from the +15 Vdc on the PROBE POWER and the AUX INTERFACE cannot exceed 150 mA. Total current drawn from the 012.
PAGE 667
Physical Characteristics EXT REF IN Connector Input Amplitude Range Frequency BNC female Note: Analyzer noise sideband and spurious response performance may be a ected by the quality of the external reference used. +105 to +117 dB V 10 MHz AUX IF OUTPUT Frequency Amplitude Range Impedance 21.
PAGE 668
Physical Characteristics HI-SWEEP IN/OUT Connector Output Input MONITOR OUTPUT (EMC Analyzer Display) Connector Format SYNC NRM BNC female High = sweep, Low = retrace (TTL) Open collector, low stops sweep. BNC female Internal Monitor SYNC NTSC NTSC Compatible 15.75 kHz horizontal rate 60 Hz vertical rate SYNC PAL PAL Compatible 15.
PAGE 669
Physical Characteristics AUX INTERFACE Connector Type: 9 Pin Subminiature \D" Connector Pinout Pin # Function Current 1 Control A | \Logic" Mode \Serial Bit" Mode TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 2 Control B | TTL Output Hi/Lo TTL Output Hi/Lo 3 Control C | TTL Output Hi/Lo Strobe 4 Control D | TTL Output Hi/Lo Serial Data 5 Control I | TTL Input Hi/Lo TTL Input Hi/Lo 6 Gnd | Gnd Gnd 7y 015 Vdc 67% 150 mA | | 8* +5 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | 9y +15 Vdc 65% 150 mA | | * Exceeding
PAGE 670
Physical Characteristics EMC Analyzer WEIGHT Net HP 8591EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM HP 8596EM 14.4 kg 16.4 kg 16.4 kg 16.4 kg (32 lb.) (36 lb.) (36 lb.) (36 lb.) Shipping HP 8591EM HP 8594EM HP 8595EM HP 8596EM 17.1 kg 19.1 kg 19.1 kg 19.1 kg (38 lb.) (42 lb.) (42 lb.) (42 lb.
PAGE 671
Physical Characteristics Tracking Generator Output Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal RF Output Connector Impedance Type N female 50 nominal ALC Negative Detector RF Filter Section Rear-Panel Inputs and Outputs High Sweep Output Connector Output SMA female High = sweep, Low = retrace (TTL) SWEEP RAMP INPUT Connector Amplitude SMA female 0 to +10 V ramp AUX Interface Connector 9-pin subminiature Service Bus Connector HP-IB Compatible RF Filter Section HP 85420E WEIGHT 20.
PAGE 672
Physical Characteristics A = 8 in (200 mm) B = 7.25 in (184 mm) C = 14.69 in (373 mm) D = 13.25 in (337 mm) E = 18.12 in (460.
PAGE 673
Physical Characteristics A = 5.26 in (133.5 mm) B = 18.03 in (457.9 mm) C = 25.35 in (643.
PAGE 674
PAGE 675
10 Customer Support Your EMC analyzer is built to provide dependable service. It is unlikely that you will experience a problem. However, Hewlett-Packard's worldwide sales and service organization is ready to provide the support you need. If You Have a Problem Before calling Hewlett-Packard or returning the EMC analyzer for service, please make the checks listed in \Check the Basics." If you still have a problem, please read the warranty printed at the front of this manual.
PAGE 676
Check the Basics In general, a problem can be caused by a hardware failure, a software error, or a user error. Often problems may be solved by repeating what was being done when the problem occurred. A few minutes spent in performing these simple checks may eliminate time spent waiting for instrument repair. If Your EMC Analyzer Does Not Turn On Check that the EMC analyzer is plugged into the proper ac power source. Check that the line socket has power.
PAGE 677
Error Messages Check the EMC analyzer display for error messages. Refer to Appendix A of the HP 8590 EM-Series EMC Analyzer Quick Reference Guide. If the EMC Analyzer with the RF Filter Section Does Not Seem to be Working Check that the ac power is connected to the system as described above in \If Your EMC Analyzer Does Not Turn On". Verify that the rear-panel auxiliary interface cable is properly connected. Verify that the rear-panel sweep ramp and high sweep cables are properly connected.
PAGE 678
An introductory usage credit to CompuServe A private User ID and Password A complimentary subscription to CompuServe's monthly computing publication, CompuServe Magazine To take advantage of the CompuServe Free Introductory Membership o er, call one of the telephone numbers below and ask for Representative Number 999.
PAGE 679
Note All items on the fax cover sheet must be completed in order to expedite your response. Any incomplete item may delay your response. Simply copy the fax cover sheet, ll out the requested information, include any additional information sheets, and fax the sheet(s) to HP EMC Support at (707) 577-4200. Depending on the complexity of the problem, you should receive a response back within a few days.
PAGE 680
Returning the EMC analyzer for Service Use the information in this section if it is necessary to return the EMC analyzer to Hewlett-Packard. Note If you are returning an EMC analyzer with an RF lter section, you must package the units individually to avoid damage. Package the EMC analyzer for shipment Use the following steps to package the EMC analyzer for shipment to Hewlett-Packard for service: 1. Fill in a service tag (available at the end of this chapter) and attach it to the instrument.
PAGE 681
Air Corporation (Hayward, CA 94545). Air Cap looks like a plastic sheet covered with 1-1/4 inch air- lled bubbles. Use the pink Air Cap to reduce static electricity. Wrap the instrument several times in the material to both protect the instrument and prevent it from moving in the carton. 5. Seal the shipping container securely with strong nylon adhesive tape. 6. Mark the shipping container \FRAGILE, HANDLE WITH CARE" to ensure careful handling. 7. Retain copies of all shipping papers.
PAGE 682
Table 10-1. Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service O ces US FIELD OPERATIONS Customer Information Hewlett-Packard Company 19320 Pruneridge Avenue Cupertino, CA 95014, USA (800) 752-0900 California, Northern Hewlett-Packard Co. 301 E. Evelyn Mountain View, CA 94041 (415) 694-2000 California, Southern Hewlett-Packard Co. 1421 South Manhattan Ave. Fullerton, CA 92631 (714) 999-6700 Colorado Hewlett-Packard Co. 24 Inverness Place, East Englewood, CO 80112 (303) 649-5000 Georgia Hewlett-Packard Co.
PAGE 683
Customer Support 10-9
PAGE 684
10-10 Customer Support
PAGE 685
Index 1 100 MHz COMB OUT, 5-24, 8-22 10 MHz precision frequency reference output accuracy test, 2-5{8 10 MHz reference output accuracy test, 2-2{4 10 MHz REF OUTPUT, 4-21, 5-25, 6-22, 7-22, 8-23, 9-16 3 300 MHz Input, 9-20 A absolute amplitude accuracy HP 8593EM, 2-326{329 HP 8594EM, 2-326{329 HP 8595EM, 2-326{329 HP 8596EM, 2-326{329 absolute amplitude calibration and resolution (IF) bandwidth test, 2-83{86 repeatability, 4-9, 5-9, 6-9, 7-9, 8-9 absolute amplitude, vernier, and power sweep accuracy HP 8591
PAGE 686
CISPR pulse response test, 2-385{401 comb generator frequency, 5-5, 8-5 comb generator frequency accuracy test HP 8593EM and HP 8596EM, 2-9{11 CompuServe, 10-3 D declaration of conformity, 4-26, 5-30, 6-27, 7-27, 8-28 demod tune listen, 4-15, 5-15, 6-15, 7-15, 8-15, 9-15 dimensions, 4-24, 5-28, 6-26, 7-26, 8-26, 9-21 display range, 4-8, 5-8, 6-8, 7-8, 8-8, 9-9 scale delity, 4-10, 5-10, 6-10, 7-10, 8-10, 9-12 displayed average noise level, 4-7, 5-7, 6-7, 7-7, 8-7, 9-10 displayed average noise level test HP
PAGE 687
frequency response, 4-9, 5-9, 8-9, 9-11 Analog+ mode, 4-18, 5-20, 8-19 Analog+ mode (dc coupled), 6-19, 7-19 dc coupled, 6-9, 7-9 unpeaked, 5-17, 7-17, 8-17 frequency response test HP 8591EM, 2-98{104 HP 8593EM, 2-105{122 HP 8594EM, 2-123{130 HP 8595EM, 2-131{140 HP 8596EM, 2-141{152 frequency span, 4-3, 5-4, 6-4, 7-4, 8-4, 9-4 frequency span readout accuracy test HP 8591EM, 2-32{37 HP 8593EM, HP 8594EM, HP 8595EM, and HP 8596EM, 2-38{43 frequency sweep time, 4-4, 5-4, 6-4, 7-4, 8-4, 9-5 G gain compression,
PAGE 688
readout resolution, 4-8, 4-18, 5-8, 5-20, 6-8, 6-19, 7-8, 7-19, 8-8, 8-19, 9-9 maximum safe input level, 4-6, 5-6, 6-6, 7-6, 8-6, 9-9 measurement detector types, 4-15, 5-15, 6-15, 7-15, 8-15, 9-14 MONITOR OUTPUT, 4-23, 5-26, 6-24, 7-24, 8-24, 9-18 N noise declaration, 4-28, 5-32, 6-29, 7-29, 8-30 sidebands test, 2-23{28 non-harmonic spurious outputs HP 8591EM, 2-354{359 HP 8593EM, 2-360{366 HP 8594EM, 2-360{366 HP 8595EM, 2-360{366 HP 8596EM, 2-360{366 O operation veri cation tests, 1-1 other input related
PAGE 689
frequency readout and marker count accuracy, 2-12{22 frequency response, 2-98{152 frequency span readout accuracy, 2-32{43 gain compression, 2-236{264 harmonic spurious outputs, 2-346{353 noise sidebands, 2-23{28 non-harmonic spurious outputs, 2-354{366 other input related spurious responses, 2-153{179 power sweep range, 2-330{334 reference level accuracy, 2-70{82 residual FM, 2-44{57 residual responses, 2-298{313 resolution (IF) bandwidth accuracy switching uncertainties, 2-87{92 scale delity, 2-61{69 spu
PAGE 690
HP 8595EM, 2-308{313 HP 8596EM, 2-308{313 resolution (IF) bandwidth accuracy switching uncertainties test, 2-87{92 RF lter section dimensions, 9-22 RF Input SWR, 4-16, 5-16, 6-17, 7-17, 8-17 RF OUT, 4-21, 5-24, 6-22, 7-22, 8-22, 9-16 RF output, 9-21 RF overload detector, 9-14 RF power-o residuals, 4-19, 5-22, 6-20, 7-20, 8-20 S sales and service o ces, 10-7 scale delity test, 2-61{69 second harmonic intercept, 9-10 self-calibration routines, 1-10 service bus, 9-21 service, returning for, 10-6 shipping th
PAGE 691
displayed average noise level, 2-265{297 fast time domain sweeps, 2-314{321 frequency readout and marker count accuracy, 2-12{22 frequency response, 2-98{152 frequency span readout accuracy, 2-32{43 gain compression, 2-236{264 harmonic spurious outputs, 2-346{353 noise sidebands, 2-23{28 non-harmonic spurious outputs, 2-354{366 other input related spurious responses, 2-153{179 power sweep range, 2-330{334 reference level accuracy, 2-70{82 residual FM, 2-44{57 residual responses, 2-298{313 resolution (IF) ba
PAGE 692